Full text of "Agnes Scott College Catalog 1993-1995"

See other formats

--^

Academic Calendar 19934994

FoR Semester

Saturday, August 28 New students arrive

Sunday, August 29 Returning students arrive

Monday, August 30 Registration for returning students

Tuesday, August 31 Registration for new students

Wednesday, September 1 Classes begin

Monday, September 6 Labor Day Holiday

Friday, October 15 Black Cat

Friday - Sunday, October 22-24 Fall Break

Wednesday - Sunday, November 24-28 Thanksgiving Break

Monday, December 13 Last Day of Classes

Tuesday, December 14 - Reading Day

Wednesday - Saturday, December 15-18 Final Exams

(Last exam at 2 p.m., two exams in the evenings)

Spring Semester

Wednesday, January 19 Classes begin

Sunday - Sunday, March 12-20 Spring Break

Friday - Sunday, April 1-3 Easter Break

Wednesday, May 4 Last Day of Classes

Thursday, May 5 Reading Day

Friday, May 6 Reading Day (Senior exams start)

Saturday - Thursday (except Sunday), May 7-12 Final Exams

(Senior exams end Wednesday, May 1 1 at noon)

Friday, May 13 Baccalaureate

Saturday, May 14 Graduation

For the J 994- 1 995 Calendar, see the inside back cover of this catabg.

Agnes Scott
College Catalog

19934995

Agnes Scott President Ruth Schmidt (left) presents
Teacher of the Year award to Professor Ayse Garden.
The College's 8 to I student/ teacher ratio fosters
a learning environment in which students receive
special attention arui each has a chance to excel.

ALUMWAE HOUSE l^T

Anna YOLit4&
ALUMWAE HOUSE

ASC Catalog 19934995

Table of Contents

An Overview of Agnes Scott College

Admission

Financial Aid

Outside the Classroom

Return to College

Athletic Program

Academic Program

Academic Honors

Academic Standards

Special Curricular Opportunities

Preparation for Graduate Study

Tuition and Fees

Courses of Study

129

Organization of the College

142

Index

Inside Front Clnvpr

. Academic Calendar 1993-1994

Inside Back Cover

. Academic Calendar 1994-1995

\^ gnes Scott College does not discriminate on the basis of race, color, creed,
/ \ national or ethnic origin, or handicap in the recruitment and admission of
JL JL students. TTiis nondiscriminatory policy also applies to all the rights, privileges,
programs and activities generally accorded or made available to students at the College;
and to the administration of educational policies, scholarship and loan programs, student
employment and other college-administered programs.

TTie greatest care and attention to detail is given to the preparation of the pro-
gram of the College and every effort is made to insure the accuracy of its presentation in
this catalog, but the College reserves the right in its discretion to make at any time
changes affecting the policies, fees, curricula, or other matters required to carry out the
objectives and purposes of the College. Agnes Scott College is accredited by the South-
em Association of Colleges and Schools.

Agnes Scott History

A gnes Scott began with the faith
/ \ and vision of a small group of
jL Jl. Presbyterians in Decatur, Geor-
gia. They organized a Christian school in
July 1889, and, under the influence of the
Reverend Frank Henry Gaines, minister of
the Decatur Presbyterian Church, they
decided that the school would primarily
educate girls and young women. Founded
in that year as the Decatur Female Semi-
nary, the school occupied a rented house
and had slightly more than $5,000 of sub-
scribed capital. There were four teachers
educating 63 students studying at grammar
school level.

In the spring of 1890, Colonel George
Washington Scott, a leading Decatur
businessman, gave $40,000 to provide a
"home" for the school. Colonel Scott had
earlier provided 40 percent of the initial
capital, and his gift to the new school was
the largest sum given to education in
Georgia up to that time. In recognition of
his interest and support, the Board of
Trustees changed the school's name to
Agnes Scott Institute in honor of Colonel
Scott's mother.

Within 10 years the Institute gained
accreditation as a secondary school. In

1906, it was chartered as Agnes Scott
College and awarded its first degrees. In

1907, the Southern Association of
Colleges and Schools accredited the
College, which became the first college or
university in Georgia to receive regional
accreditation. In 1920, the College earned
the approval of the Association of Ameri-
can Universities, and in 1926, the United
Chapters of Phi Beta Kappa granted it a
charter. Agnes Scott is also a charter
member of the American Association of
University Women and of the Southern

University Conference.

Throughout its history, Agnes Scott
has sought to maintain the ideals voiced
by its founders: "the formation and
development of Christian character" and
"a high standard of scholarship." The
College is proud of its Presbyterian heri-
tage and is a member of the Association of
Presbyterian Colleges and Universities
related to the Presbyterian Church
(U.S.A.).

The College's Board of Trustees is a
self-perpetuating body. Thie College's aca-
demic program firmly adheres to the tradi-
tional liberal arts disciplines. Academic
and extracurricular opportunities supple-
ment the academic program to meet the
changing needs of women in our society.

From modest beginnings, the assets of
the College have grown to include an en-
dowment of over $200 million. From a
single house on a small lot, Agnes Scott
has expanded to 21 buildings on 100 acres.
Since its founding in 1889, five presidents
have served: Frank Henry Gaines (1889-
1923), James Ross McCain (1923-1951),
Wallace McPherson Alston (1951-1973),
Marvin Banks Peny Jr. (1973-1982), and
Ruth Ann Schmidt (1982-present).

□ A more detailed history of Agnes Scott
College may be found in Lest We Forget
by Walter Edward McNair and A Full
and Rich Measure by M. Lee Sayrs '69
and Christine S. Cozzens.

Agnes Scott College, begun a century ago by
a small group of Presbyterians , has become
one of the leading women's colleges in the
United States. With more than 600 students
and an endowment of $200 million, the Col-
lege offers a comprehensive range of studies.

Agnes Scott College

■

.0^

,.^l«

^%^^

Mission and Purpose

A gnes Scott College, a liberal arts college for women, originated in the
/ \ faith and vision of a small group of Presbyterians in Decatur, Georgia. In
JL l^July 1889, the Decatur Female Seminary, later renamed Agnes Scott
College, was organized for the purpose of educating women.

The founders of the College envisioned an institution dedicated to excel-
lence in higher education and committed to the Christian faith. Throughout its
history, Agnes Scott College has sought to maintain the ideals of its founders: "a
high standard of scholarship" and "the formation and development of Christian
character."

Agnes Scott College insists upon the highest standards of excellence in its
faculty, staif and students, and provides a broad curriculum designed to develop all
aspects of compassionate, inquiring persons. Its rich liberal arts curriculum seeks to
enable women better to understand themselves and the world in which they live,
and to integrate what they know into a humane perspective. Nourished by time-
honored traditions as well as by new dimensions of liberal education, students are
encouraged to develop intellectual independence, moral insight, and individual
creativity, to the end that they may live full and useful lives in their families, ca-
reers, and the world.

Agnes Scott College affirms its relationship to the Judeo-Christian tradition.
The values of this tradition are central to the life of the College. The Christian
faith continues to shape the mission and purpose of the College.

The dialogue between faith and learning at Agnes Scott College fosters not
only academic freedom, but an appreciation of pluralism and a desire for diversity.
Those who share its life are invited to share its mission and purpose.

The Board of Trustees adopted this interpretation
of the charter statement of Agnes Scott College on May 13, 1988.

At Agnes Scott College our purpose is to:

• help the student gain a basic acquain- and for creative achievement in all

tEince with each of three broad areas of fields,

knowledge — the humanities, natural \/ encourage the student to develop a
sciences and mathematics, and social spiritual commitment and a set of val-

sciences — and competence in a par- ues which give vitality, meaning, and

ticular phase of one area, direction to her life,

\/ develop through such study those \/ foster a concern for human worth and
qualities of mind — analytical, critical, needs, physical as well as intellectual

and imaginative — which enable the and spiritual,

student to use the treasure of the past ^ cultivate a sense of responsibility to her
and modem contributions to knowl- society, both within the college com-

edge to enrich her life and to seek solu- munity and beyond,

tions to age-old and new problems. Approved by the faculty, November 1 971

t/ develop an appreciation for excellence Reaffirmed, May 1 982

6 Agnes Scott College

An Agnes Scott Education

A n Agnes Scott education is as
/ \ enduring as our Victorian
jL \. Rebekah Scott Hall and as
modem as our Robert W. Woodruff Physi-
cal Education Building, which opened in
1988. Students work hard in the class-
room, coming to grips with the perspec-
tives and innovations sought by today's
leaders in industry, government, and
health and human services.

In a spacious room in a residence hall,
students read the same timeless literature
read by their predecessors. Students
learn what is most important about the
human condition while living in sur-
roundings that echo values proclaimed
by tradition.

At Agnes Scott, students experience
history, both physically and intellectually.

At the same time, they live in today's
world with the advantages of modem ar-
chitecture and technology.

After exploring new possibilities in a
fully equipped laboratory, students might
want to see the stars at our extraordinary
Bradley Observatory.

Students also have rich experiences
outside the classroom and off campus.

Through our internship program, they
test their education and emerging skills in
any of a number of Atlanta area businesses
and institutions.

Agnes Scott women have extended the
classroom to include the Centers for Dis-
ease Control, the Cable News Network,
the Georgia State Legislature, the Federal
Reserve Bank of Atlanta, the Coca-Cola
Company, and Grady Memorial Hospital.

At Agnes Scott College, a student's
education has the depth and breadth of
the liberal arts and immediacy of
the 1990s.

Scholarships
and Financial Aid

We have a notable merit-based scholar-
ship program that recognizes outstanding
ability and achievement. In 1992-93,
more than 75 percent of the student body
received scholarships and/or aid in
amounts ranging from $100 to full room,
board and tuition.

We offer a wide range of financial
aid opportunities because we seek an
economically diversified student
population.

Today, the College's endowment per
student ranks third among all colleges and
universities in the United States. Many of
our programs have been made possible by
the generosity of Agnes Scott's friends and
alumnae who have provided endowment
money that has contributed substantially
to the College's finances. The financial aid
package most appropriate for your needs
should be discussed, personally, with your
financial aid counselor. (For more details,
see the FINANCIAL AID section of this
catalog.)

An Agnes Scott education is too
valuable to be denied for economic
reasons alone.

life at Agnes
Scott CoUege

Agnes Scott College is located in
Decatur, a community of 20,000, only six
miles from the heart of the south —
Atlanta. A great university city, a great
American city, a great international city
and home of the 1996 Summer Olympics,
Atlanta is alive intellectually, culturally
and socially. MARTA, the city's rapid

19934995 Cataios

An Agnes Scott Education

transit system, takes Agnes Scott students
to many parts of the city. Professional the-
ater, dance, music, and the visuals arts
flourish. The Robert W. Woodruff Arts
Center is home to the High Museum of
Art, the Alliance Theater, and the At-
lanta Symphony. The College Events Se-
ries brings to the Agnes Scott campus
many world-renowned performances such
as the Capitol Steps, and speakers such as
John Updike. For other entertainment
there is the beautiful Fox Theater, the
newly opened Underground Atlanta, and
many other first rate entertainment places.
When it comes to professional sports,

Atlanta is home to the Falcons (football).
Hawks (basketball) and the Braves (base-
ball).

Shopping is the best in the Southeast
and there are many malls and small
boutiques to satisfy your every need.
Restaurants serve cuisine ranging from
Southern cooking to French to Cajun to
Korean. New restaurants seem to open
every day.

Agnes Scott is a college of 600 stu-
dents. It offers many benefits over larger
colleges. Each individual is important to
the growth and spirit at Agnes Scott.
Living with friends and learning to love

Extracurricular Activities

Tn a small community, everyone's talents
JL are needed and appreciated. At Agnes

Agnes Scott College Community

Orchestra

Scott, you <wiR explore old interests.

London Fog - a jazz vocal group

develop new ones and enjoy the special

Joyful Noise - a gospel singing group

chemistry of shared enthusiasms.

Glee Club - presenting several concerts

Student Government Association

Blackfriars - presenting three major

Honor Court

drama productions each year

Orientation Council

Agnes Scott College Adventure

Residence Hall Association

Sporting Club

Social Council

Aquatic Scotties - synchronized

The Profile - campus newspaper

swimming

The Silhouette - student yearbook

Intercollegiate Tennis

The Aurora - literary magazine

Intercollegiate Soccer

Arts Council

Intercollegiate Cross Country

Witkaze - organization for African-

Intercollegiate Volleyball

American students

Intercollegiate Basketball

Chimo - organization for international

Studio Dance Theater - a contempo-

students

rary company which performs each

Religious Life Coucil

spring

Students for Feminist Awareness -

Student art exhibits - open to the

group focuses on women's issues

public

Spanish, French and German clubs

Lesbian Bi-Sexual Alliance

GAIA - environmental organization

Racism Free Zone

Agnes Scott College

An Agnes Scott Education

them as extended family are essential parts
of campus life. Some of the friendships you
begin in your residence hall will last a life-
time. At Agnes Scott, we know how
important residence living is. That's why
all our halls are comfortable and
distinctive.

Residence
Hah

Agnes Scott, Rebekah Scott and
Inman Halls have all recently been re-
stored to their Victorian elegance while
meeting today's demands for efficiency
and comfort. These halls have recaptured
their former grace with period design and
furnishings (some donated by alumnae)
and chandeliers in their lobbies and par-
lors. (Imagine studying in your room per-
haps in the elegant comfort of antique
furniture against a backdrop of Victorian
print wallpaper.) All three of these halls
now qualify for listing in the national Reg-
ister of Historic Places.

There are two other spacious and com-
fortable residence halls on campus:
Walters and Winship. One of these resi-
dence halls will probably become your
college home . . . your special place where
you will begin to make your own decisions
and take real control over your life.

Library

Agnes Scott's impressive McCain Li-
brary, built in 1936 and completely reno-
vated in 1975-77, has a liberal arts collec-
tion housed in seven floors of open stacks.
Library holdings include over 189,000
volumes as well as 26,600 recordings,
microforms and tapes. Agnes Scott also
subscribes to more than 815 periodicals.

In addition to an extensive on-
campus collection, Agnes Scott students
have full access through interlibrary loan

or interlibrary use to 8,800,000 volumes in
other academic libraries in the Atlanta/
Athens area through the University Cen-
ter Consortium. Guidelines for use are set
by the Consortium.

Computer
Facilities

Agnes Scott's Academic Computing
Center, on the ground level of the library,
is equipped with 22 computers and a vari-
ety of printers, including laser printers.
Instruction in software applications such
as word processing (MS Word), spread-
sheet and database packages is readily
available in the Center through formal
training sessions, computerized tutorials
and individual support.

To make resources more accessible to
students, computers have been placed in
five locations around campus. These loca-
tions include three satellite centers in
Inman, Winship and Agnes Scott Halls,
the Collaborative Learning Center, and
the Writing Workshop.

Information

Technology Enhancement

Program (ITEP)

The College has embarked on an ambi-
tious multi-million dollar program to im-
prove information technology resources
on the campus. These resources will
include: a campus computer network with
connections for each student in her
residence hall room; connection of our
network to world-wide resources
(INTERNET); upgrades for student com-
puter systems; a library automation system;
a computerized classroom and a new
language laboratory and cable TV. Many
of these resources will become available
during the 1993-94 academic year.

IQQ^.lQQ'^ rntnlncr

An Agnes Scott Education

The Writing
Workshop

Choosing
Your Career

At the Writing Workshop (located in
Buttrick Hall 306), trained student tutors
and the workshop director (a faculty mem-
ber) assist students working on papers or
other writing assignments for courses. In a
tutorial session, the student is encouraged
to develop her own ideas and to evaluate
how well her writing communicates
those ideas.

Students may come to the Writing
Workshop at any stage of the writing pro-
cess, from planning and drafting the work
to revising and polishing the final version.
Tutoring is available daily during the week
and on Sundays at no charge. The work-
shop is equipped with computers for
students to use in conjunction with a
tutoring session or on their own.

The Collaborative
Learning Center

The Collaborative Learning Center
(CLC) is a unique learning environment
located on the first floor of the Wallace
Alston Campus Center Annex. The CLC
is a place for collaborative study, a kind of
"talking study hall." Students meet here to
work together on projects for their classes,
to study for tests, to meet with tutors from
various academic departments, or to assist
each other with assignments. Furnished
with comfortable chairs, work tables, good
lighting and computers, the CLC affords
students a place to confirm and expand
the learning processes that begin in the
classroom.

Education and preparation for life after
Agnes Scott are of utmost importance.
The Office of Career Planning and Place-
ment encourages students to make well-
informed decisions about career and life-
style options. The center provides indi-
vidual counseling, self assessment aids, job
search workshops and other programs.

The Intern, Extern and Shadow Pro-
grams offer students opportunities to learn
about occupations and professions while at
Agnes Scott. This experiential education
helps students gain practical experience
and learn more about various occupations
and professions. As an example, during
the semester break, students can work for
a week to gain experience in a corporate
or non-profit setting.

Honor
System

Ethics and values are central to the
purpose, curricula, and social life of Agnes
Scott College. Women here take personal
responsibility for their own integrity and
behavior. The Honor System,- rarely found
on campuses today, is governed by stu-
dents, and each student is expected to
uphold the high standards of that system.
TTie Honor System offers students the
privilege of unproctored exams.

Agnes Scott College

Our Second Century

In 1989, Agnes Scott College was
100 years old! We enter our second
century with revitalized academic
programs that will enable Agnes Scott
graduates to be effective leaders in
tomorrows world. Our commitment to
scholarship shows in Agnes Scott's high
academic standards. Our sense of the
future involves global perspectives and
ethical uses of technology.

At Agnes Scott, traditions lay the
groundwork for the future. Respect for the
past and excitement about the future are
as apparent in our physical improvements
as in the redesigned curricula.

Since 1985 many campus facilities
have been refurbished. Historic buildings
have been restored to their original grace
and have been authentically furnished.
The bell tower of Main has a new brass
bell which calls us to convocation and
other special events. Our gazebo and
horse-and'Carriage gate, two cherished
Agnes Scott symbols that have been part
of our campus for most of our history, have
both been carefully restored.

Our old gymnasium and infirmary
buildings have been renovated and are
now the Wallace M. Alston Campus
Center. This center houses a student
activity room, game room, racquetball
courts, lockers, dance studio, campus
offices, faculty club, snack bar, RTC
lounge, counselor's office, chapel, campus

store, and chaplain's office.

In 1988 the Robert W Woodmff Physi-
cal Education Center opened. The facility
is part of a more than $4 million pledge to
athletics and physical education that has
provided a swimming and diving pool,
regulation basketball and racquetball
courts, weight room, training room, and a
new track and field designed with state-of-
the-art field technology.

The new facilities would be impressive
on any campus. Because Agnes Scott's
athletic emphasis is on recreation and per-
sonal development, our facilities are avail-
able to all students for individual training
as well as for intramural and intercolle-
giate athletics.

Our commitment to innovative hands-
on experience is evident in such programs
as internship study and the Global
Awareness Program. It is evident in cam-
pus facilities such as our Computing
Center. The Agnes Scott experience helps
students become at home in the world.
Through the Global Awareness Program
Agnes Scott students have the opportu-
nity to live and study in such places as
Mexico, Japan, Russia and Botswana.

Agnes Scott's heritage is one of provid-
ing an education that has real meaning in
the lives of our graduates. It is a heritage
we honor by improvements and innova-
tions that make our second century at
once a promise made and a promise kept.

199}' 1995 Catalog

Admission

A gnes Scott College admits students
/ \ of diverse backgrounds, interests,
A. JL and talents whose academic and
personal qualities promise success. Quali-
fied women of any race, age, creed, na-
tional or ethnic origin are encouraged to
apply. The College admits qualified stu-
dents with disabilities and makes every
effort to meet the needs of such students.
Agnes Scott College is authorized under
federal law to enroll nonimmigrant foreign
nationals.

The Office of Admission, under
policies and standards established by the
Faculty, considers each student's applica-
tion and examines evidence of sound
academic preparation, ability, motivation,
maturity, and integrity. Every completed
application receives a thorough review.
Agnes Scott admits well-qualified students
without regard to financial need. An
applicant's financial situation is considered

after an admission decision has been
made. Students are admitted on the basis
of their academic and personal records and
promise, not on family financial circum-
stances.

Information

The Application

Applications for admission are distrib-
uted by the Office of Admission. Students
may also use the Common Application,
which is a form shared by a national group
of selective private colleges. The Common
Application may be obtained in high
school guidance offices.

The application for admission should
be mailed, together with a nonrefundable
application fee, to:

Financial Aid

The Financial Aid program at
Agnes Scott is designed to make
an Agnes Scott education affordable to
every student who is admitted. The
financial need of a student accepted for
admission is evaluated by the Financial
Aid Office. A financial aid plan is de-
veloped consisting of grant, loan, and
work components. For more informa-
tion, see FINANCIAL AID (page 16).
During the academic year 1992-93,
grant, loan, and work funds were used

by more than 75 percent of the student
body to meet their educational
expenses.

The College also offers scholarships
based on merit rather than need.
Awarded annually, they are renewable
and range from $2,000 to fiill tuition,
room and board. Academic scholar-
ships usually have early application
deadlines, and interested applicants
should call the Office of Admission
for details.

Agnes Scott College

Admhsion

Office of Admission

Agnes Scott College

Decatur, Georgia 30030

The fee may be submitted in the form
of a check or money order to Agnes Scott
College. The Office of Admission consid-
ers requests for fee waivers on an indi-
vidual basis.

Entrance Requirements

A student's record of achievement in
secondary school is the most reliable indi-
cator of college success. Successful candi-
dates for admission usually graduate in the
top 30 percent of their high school class
and present a minimum of four academic
units each year. Courses include four
years of English, two years of one foreign
language, three years of mathematics
(algebra I and II, geometry), one or more
years of laboratory science (biology, chem-
istry, physics), and one or more years of
social studies. Students may be accepted
without the recommended number of
courses in a particular field.

Entrance Examinations

Applicants must present results of ei-
ther the Scholastic Aptitude Test (SAT)
or the American College Test (ACT).
These examinations should be taken in
the spring of the junior year or by Decem-
ber of the senior year. The highest scores
presented by an applicant are considered.

Information about the SAT and ACT
may be obtained in high school guidance
offices. Students may write for information
directly to the College Board Admissions
Testing Program, Box 592, Princeton,
New Jersey 08541, or to the Test Adminis-
tration Department, American College
Testing Program, P.O. Box 168, Iowa City,
Iowa 52243.

Advanced Placement Credit

Credit toward the Agnes Scott degree
may be given for scores of four or five on
the following Advanced Placement Ex-
aminations of the CEEB taken in second-
ary school. Art (history, studio), biology,
chemistry, economics, English (language
and composition, literature and composi-
tion), French (language, literature), Ger-
man (language), history (American, Euro-
pean), government and politics, Latin
(Vergil, Catullus-Horace), mathematics
(calculus AB, or a score of 3 on BC),
music (theory), physics (B, C mechanics,
C electricity-magnetism), Spanish (lan-
guage, literature).

Credit toward the Agnes Scott degree
may be given for scores of five, six, or
seven on the higher level examinations of
the International Baccalaureate taken in
secondary school.

Students who have participated in
joint enrollment programs with accredited
colleges and universities may receive
credit for grades of C or better if the col-
lege issues an official transcript and certi-
fies that the course was a regular college
course taught at the college by a regular
member of the college faculty. Final deter-
mination of credit for joint enrollment
courses will be made by the dean or assis-
tant dean of the college.

All inquiries and materials connected
with advanced placement credit should be
directed to the assistant dean of the
college.

Interviews and (3vemight Visits

An on-campus interview is encouraged
but not required for all candidates. The
student becomes better acquainted with
the College, and a visit is very useful when
making the final college choice. An inter-
view is also helpful to the Office of Admis-

19934995 Catabg

Admission

sion when evaluating an application.
Student-led tours, class visits, and over-
night stays in residence halls can be sched-
uled as part o{ the visit. To schedule an
interview, write or telephone the Office of
Admission at least a week in advance.

Agnes Scott alumnae are available in
many areas of the country to talk to pro-
spective students about Agnes Scott.

Candidates for admission can find the
name and address of the alumnae repre-
sentative closest to them by contacting
the Agnes Scott Office of Admission.

For information call or write:

Dean of Admission and Financial Aid

Agnes Scott College

141 East College Avenue

Decatur, Georgia 30030

(404) 371-6285

National 1-800-868-8602

Health Record

All applicants who accept the College's
offer of admission must submit a complete
medical history, including a certificate of
examination by their physicians, as well as
results of immunizations and chest X-ray.
Entrance Health Record Forms are mailed
to enrolling students and must be received
by the director of the Health Center by
August 1.

Secondary
School Students

Applying as a Senior

Seniors should apply for admission be-
fore the priority deadline February 1 of the
senior year. Credentials required are: a
completed application form, a high school
transcript, essay, scores from the Scholastic
Aptitude Test (SAT) and/or the Ameri-
can College Test (ACT), a guidance
counselor's recommendation and a

teacher's recomendation. Agnes Scott ad-
mits students according to the following
application plans:

( 1 ) First Choice/Early Decision

(The applicant agrees to withdraw all other
college applications after receiving notice of
admission from Agnes Scott.)
Application deadline: November 15
Notification date: December 15

(2) Scholarship Decision
Application deadline: January 15
Notification date: February 1

(3) Regular Decision
Application deadline: February 1
Notification date: beginning
February 1

Joint Enrollment

Some high school seniors are ready to
take college courses before graduation.
Under the Joint Enrollment Program,
high school seniors (male or female) may
take some courses at Agnes Scott. At the
end of the year, the student receives both
a high school diploma and college credit.
These students must be approved for
admission by the dean of admission and
financial aid and are admitted to specific
courses by the assistant dean of the col-
lege. A candidate must submit a high
school transcript, a record of SAT or ACT
scores, and a letter from the high school
counselor giving a general recommenda-
tion and specific course approval. A lim-
ited number of nonrenewable, merit-based
scholarships are available to qualified fe-
male Joint Enrollment students.

Admission after Junior
Year of High School

A student judged to be ready for

Agnes Scott College

Admission

college after her junior year of high school
may be admitted to Agnes Scott College.
The student must be mature, academically
prepared, and strongly recommended for
this program by her school. Most high
schools grant a diploma after a student
completes first-year courses at Agnes
Scott. A student considering this possibil-
ity should consult her high school guid-
ance office. Successful applicants are clas-
sified as first-year students at Agnes Scott
and use the normal application procedures
and dates.

International Students

International students are encouraged
to send their completed forms early in
order to avoid postal delays. Foreign
nationals whose first language is not
English should also submit the results of
the Test of English as a Foreign Language
(TOEFL). Information may be obtained
from the local U.S. Office of Information
or by writing to the TOEFL Program,
Educational Testing Service, Box 899,
Princeton, New Jersey 08541.

College
Students

Transfer Students

Agnes Scott welcomes applications
from transfer students, including graduates
of two-year colleges. Transfer applicants
are admitted on the basis of academic and
personal achievement and motivation. In
addition to completed application forms,
each applicant must submit standardized
test score results (SAT or ACT), an offi-
cial transcript of high school and college
work, one letter of recommendation from
a college professor who taught the appli-
cant an academic subject, and a statement
of good standing. Students who are on

probation or have been dismissed will not
be admitted to Agnes Scott College.

Transfer students are also urged to visit
Agnes Scott for an interview in the Office
of Admission.

Transfer students must complete the
junior and senior years at Agnes Scott and
earn a minimum of 60 semester hours in
academic subjects at the College.

Transfer applications are accepted for
the fall and spring semesters. Admission
decisions are made and announced as
applications are completed and openings
remain available.

Transfer credit may be given for courses
taken at accredited institutions, provided
the student has earned a grade of C or
better and the courses fall within the
scope of Agnes Scott's curriculum.
Students wishing to apply a substantial
portion of work earned elsewhere toward
their major should check with the assis-
tant dean of the college.

Transient Students

Students in good standing at other col-
leges may enroll as transient students at
Agnes Scott for one or more semesters and
take one or mere courses. A request for
admission as a transient student should be
filed in writing with the assistant dean of
the college and supported by the following
items sent at the student's initiative: a
transcript of record, including a statement
of good standing, and a letter of approval
from the student's college dean, indicating
approval of the plan and of specific courses
to be taken for transfer credit.

19934995 Catalog

Financial Aid

The financial aid program at Agnes
Scott is designed to make an
Agnes Scott education affordable
to every student who is admitted. The
financial need of a student accepted for
admission is evaluated by the Financial
Aid Office.

The College also offers scholarships
based on merit rather than need. Awarded
annually, the scholarships are renewable
and range from $500 to $16,500.

MeritSased
Scholarships

Agnes Scott offers scholarships based
on outstanding ability and promise.

■ Honor Scholarships award from
$6,000 to $16,500 annually to academi-
cally outstanding students. Students must
submit all application materials to Agnes
Scott by January 15th, and they must indi-
cate interest in competing for Agnes Scott
scholarships on the application for admis-
sion. The Office of Admission can provide
further information about the scholarship
program.

■ Nannette Hopkins Scholarships in
music are awarded to entering students
planning to major in music on the basis of
musical talent and promise. These $2,000
awards are renewable through the senior
year. Contact the Office of Admission for
information about auditions.

■ Agnes Scott offers several four-year
scholarships annually through the
National Merit Scholarship Corporation.
Recipients are selected from finalists who
have designated Agnes Scott as their col-
lege choice and receive from $500 to
$2,000 a year.

■ National Presbyterian College Schol-

arships of up to $2,000, are awarded to
entering first-year students who are mem-
bers of the Presbyterian Church (U.S.A.).
Selection is based on scholastic ability and
leadership qualities. Applications are
available from the Office of Admission.
■ Marie L. Rose Scholarship of $ 1 ,000,
awarded by the Huguenot Society of
America, goes to a rising sophomore,
junior or senior who presents proof of
eligibility as a Huguenot descendant. The
Financial Aid Office has these applica-
tions, which must be submitted no later
than April 15.

Middle Income '^

Assistance Grants

Agnes Scott offers the Middle Income
Assistance Grant to students who may
not qualify for need-based assistance, yet
may not be able to afford the cost of
private higher education. Based on a com-
bination of factors including academic
achievement, involvement in activities
and family resources, the Middle Income
Assistance Grants range from $3,000 to
$5,000 and are renewable annually.

The application must be submitted
by February 15 th during the initial appli-
cation process, but is not required for
renewal.

Need-Based
Financial Aid

Agnes Scott has substantial resources
to provide need-based assistance. An
Agnes Scott financial aid award usually
combines one or more grants, a Federal
Stafford Student Loan, and the offer of
campus employment. If students choose to

Agnes Scott College

Financial Aid

decline any portion of their financial aid
package, they must use their own resources
to replace these funds.

Govermnnent Sources Of
Firumcid Assistance

■ State of Georgia Grants. Qualified
Georgia residents are automatically eli-
gible for the Georgia Tuition Equalization
Grant (in the amount of $1000 in 1992-
93). To qualify, a student must have been a
legal resident of Georgia for the 12 months
immediately preceding enrollment at
Agnes Scott and must be registered for at
least 12 semester hours 14 days after the
end of the drop/add period. The Georgia
Tuition Equalization Grant is not based on
the financial situation of the student's
family. It recognizes the important role
private colleges play in reducing the cost
to taxpayers for the education of Georgia
citizens. Applications, which must be filed
yearly, can be obtained from the Agnes
Scott Financial Aid Office.

Georgia residents who are full-time
students and who demonstrate substantial
financial need may also qualify for the
Student Incentive Grant. TTiese awards
ranged from $500-$ 1,000 for the 1992-93
academic year.

■ Federal Programs. Two grant programs
provide federal grant funds. The Federal
Pell Grant program makes need-based
awards based on information provided on
the Free Application for Federal Student
Aid (FAFSA). These grants were for a
maximum of $2,400 for 1992-93. Federal
Supplemental Educational Opportunity
Grants range from $100 to $4,000. Com-
pleting the FAFSA is all that is necessary
to apply for both of these programs.

Federal Work-Study Program funds
provide a portion of salaries paid to stu-
dents who are awarded campus jobs as a

part of their financial aid package.

The Federal Stafford Student Loan
Program enables students to borrow di-
rectly from banks, credit unions, savings
and loan associations and other participat-
ing lenders. Students must complete the
Free Application for Federal Student Aid
to be eligible to apply for a Federal Staf-
ford Loan. The low interest loans are re-
payable beginning six months after ceasing
enrollment on a half-time or greater basis.
The Federal Stafford Loan Program limits
the amount which students may borrow
annually to $2,625 for first-year students,
$3,500 for sophomores, $5,500 for juniors
and seniors, and $7,500 for graduate stu-
dents (changing to $8,500 for periods of
enrollment beginning on or after October
1, 1993).

If the results of the aid application indi-
cate that the student is eligible for an in-
terest subsidy, the federal government will
pay the student's interest while she is at-
tending an eligible institution on a half-
time or greater basis. Students who are not
eligible for the interest subsidy may borrow
under the Federal Stafford Loan Program;
however, the student is responsible for the
accrued interest, which either may be paid
on a periodic basis or added to the loan
principle.

Any student who has difficulty locating
a Federal Stafford Loan lender should con-
tact the Agnes Scott College Financial
Aid Office.

Application
Procedures

To be considered for institutionally
funded aid from Agnes Scott College, all
applicants must file the Financial Aid
Form (FAF) and the Free Application for
Federal Student Aid with the College
Scholarship Service (CSS) in Princeton,
New Jersey. These forms are included in

19934995 Catalog

Financial Aid

the FAF packet. The Financial Aid Office
and high school guidance offices have
these fomis, which should be filed as soon
as possible after January 1 . Prospective
students should indicate their interest in
financial assistance on the Agnes Scott
application for admission.

Transfer applicants, applicants for
readmission, and Return to College appli-
cants may obtain the FAF packet from the
Office of Admission. They also should
arrange to have a financial aid transcript
from all institutions previously attended
sent to the Agnes Scott Financial Aid
Office.

Currently enrolled students seeking aid
for the next session should obtain the FAF
packet from the Financial Aid Office. In-
structions for applying are posted on the
official bulletin board in January.

Determiriation
of College Awards

The amount of financial aid granted to
a student is based on need. The Financial
Aid Office determines from the FAF
packet the amount of family resources
which should be available to the student
for college expenses. Among the factors
used in the analysis are: family and student
income and assets (including the student's
summer earnings), taxes, living expenses
and retirement allowances, family size, and
number of children in college.

The Financial Aid Office requires
signed copies of the federal income tax
returns for both the student and her par-
ents and copies of their W-2 forms for the
calendar year before each academic year
for which the student requests aid. These
should be submitted to the Financial Aid
Office as soon as possible after January 1 .
The financial aid file must be completed
by May 1 to receive a priority package.

Students also must inform the Finan-

cial Aid Office of any significant changes
in the financial situation of their families
which might require an increase or
decrease in aid.

Notification
of Awards

Students are notified of their financial
aid award for the coming session as soon as
possible after the Financial Aid Office
receives their processed FAF packet, tax
returns, and any other supporting docu-
mentation which may be requested.

Confidentiality
of Awards

Since the amount of an award reflects a
family's financial circumstances, college
personnel consider the award a private
matter between the student, her parents,
and the Financial Aid Office. In accor-
dance with the legislation titled "The
Family Educational Rights and Privacy
Act of 1974," Agnes Scott will not release
this information to others without the
student's written consent.

Student
ResponsibiUties

Students interested in financial assis-
tance at Agnes Scott must apply for all
federal and state grants which may be
available to them. Students are encour-
aged to investigate the possibility of aid
through community agencies, local foun-
dations, corporations, unions, and reli-
gious and civic groups.

Students are responsible for knowing
and complying with all instructions and
regulations of the various student assis-
tance programs.

Financial aid awards are made for one
year, and are renewable on evidence of

Agnes Scott College

Financial Aid

continued financial need as indicated by
the results of a completed FAF packet
each year. All financial aid programs must
be applied for annually.

All students must make satisfactory
progress toward the completion of their
degree to continue to receive financial
assistance.

Students receiving financial assistance
who withdraw from the College during
the refund period will not receive refunds
personally. Instead, the refund will go back
into the various accounts of the programs
from which funds were issued. In cases
where students withdraw from the
College and have received cash for non-
direct educational expenses, repayment of
unused funds may be necessary.

Duration

of Aid EUgibiUty

Normally Agnes Scott College funded
assistance is available only for the equiva-
lent of eight semesters of full-time study.
Students who attend part time, or who
transfer in credits from an institution in
which they previously were matriculated
or degree-seeking, will have their aid eligi-
bility prorated accordingly.

Some federal and state financial aid
programs also have duration limitations.
Additional information regarding aid eli-
gibility is available from the Financial Aid
Office.

Satisfactory
Academic Progress

To receive financial assistance at Agnes
Scott College through programs autho-
rized by Title IV of the Higher Education
Act as amended, through state adminis-
tered programs, and through College
funded programs a student must maintain
satisfactory academic progress.

The standards of progress and criteria
for academic probation as described in the
college catalog also determine financial
aid probation. When a student is placed
on academic probation, she is also placed
on financial aid probation and is sent writ-
ten notification. If a student continues on
academic probation for a third consecutive
semester, her financial aid is terminated.

Federal regulations require the review
of each student's academic record after
two years of study in a four-year program.
If a student does not successfully complete
the first two years of study, she receives a
letter from the director of financial aid
informing her of termination of financial
aid.

All Agnes Scott Scholarships based on
merit require specific academic achieve-
ment for renewal. The requirements
vary and are included in the scholarship
notification.

Appeals and
Reinstatement of Aid

A student may appeal the termination
of her financial aid. If circumstances war-
rant it, the financial aid may be reinstated.
A written appeal must be submitted to the
director of financial aid by the date speci-
fied on the notification to terminate aid.
Students receive written notification of
the decision regarding appeal.

If the appeal for continuation of finan-
cial aid is denied, the student can regain
eligibility for financial aid by attending at
her own expense and accumulating the
hours and/or raising her cumulative GPA
to the level required to regain good
standing.

If a student is dismissed or withdraws
from the College while ineligible for fi-
nancial aid for failure to make satisfactory
academic progress, she can request a rein-
statement of aid eligibility upon readmis-

1993-1995 Catalog

Financial Aid

sion to the College by sending a written
request to the director of financial aid. If
circumstances warrant it, the financial aid
may be reinstated. Students receive writ-
ten notification of this decision.

Students who wish to appeal the termi-
nation of their merit-based scholarships
may appeal to the Director in writing. Stu-
dents receive a written response regarding
the decision on the appeal.

Other Fmancing Options

The College oifers several other op-
tions for financing an Agnes Scott educa-
tion. These programs are designed to help
a student's family manage their resources
in ways which will enable them to make
their expected contribution toward college
costs. Detailed information on these programs
is available in the Financial Aid Office.

■ Parent Loan Plan. The Agnes Scott
Parent Loan Plan is funded by the College
for families who wish to obtain loans
ranging from annual amounts of $ 1 ,000 to
$7,500 at a low interest rate. Repayment is
made monthly over an extended period.
Contact the Agnes Scott College Finan-
cial Aid Office for further information.

■ Parent Loan for Undergraduate
Students (PLUS). The Federal Loan
Program enables parents of enrolled
students to make federally insured loans at
a low interest rate through banks, credit
unions, savings and loans. Parents may
borrow a maximum of the cost of educa-
tion less other financial assistance.

■ Federal Supplemental Loans for Stu-
dents (FSLS). FSLS loans enable inde-
pendent students to make federally insured
loans at a low interest rate through partici-
pating financial institutions. Submission
of the Free Application for Federal Stu-

dent Aid is required, but students may bor-
row even if they are not eligible for federal
need based assistance.

■ Extended Repayment Plan. The

Extended Repayment Plan is a long-term
loan program for parents who wish to
spread college costs over a longer period of
time — up to ten years.

■ Agnes Scott College Ten-Month
Payment Plan. For parents of dependent
students and for independent students
who wish to meet educational expenses
without borrowing, the Agnes Scott Pay-
ment Plan divides college costs into ten
interest-free monthly payments. For
renewal, an application, with fee, must be
filed annually.

Return to College
Students

Financial assistance is available for full-
er part-time study to women who demon-
strate financial need or eligibility for the
Middle Income Assistance Grant and
have not been granted a bachelor's degree.
Financial aid recipients must enroll each
semester for a minimum of six semester
hours of credit. Financial aid awards for
Return to College students usually consist
of grant and loan funds.

Return to College applicants who wish
to apply for financial assistance should file
their FAF packet with the College Schol-
arship Service at least two months prior to
the beginning of the semester for which
they plan to enroll. (See previous informa-
tion for detaib.)

International Students

A limited amount of financial aid
based on need is available for interna-
tional students. International students

Agnes Scott College

Financial Aid

may obtain both the CSS Declaration and and summer expenses, and health

Certification of Finances and the Finan- insurance.

cial Aid Application for Students in

Foreign Countries from the Office of

Admission.

International students must be able to
provide their own transportation, vacation

March 1 is the deadline for receipt of
all admission and financial aid documents
from international students interested
in aid.

Studies combine widi extracurricular activites such as weight training.

19934995 Catalog

Outside the Classroom

A t Agnes Scott College the entire
/ \ community works together to
A, Jl> help incoming students success-
fully begin their college careers. The
orientation process begins before a new
student arrives on campus and continues
throughout her first year. Structured pro-
grams include faculty advising, course
selection, and placement tests, as well as
formal introductions to campus student
organizations.

New students also get to know Agnes
Scott through personal, less formal
programs. For example, each in-coming
student is assigned an upper class student
as a "big sister." This big sister contacts the
new student during the summer before her
first semester and continues the special
relationship through that student's first
year at Agnes Scott. We also encourage
social involvement through activities such
as weekend events in the Atlanta area,
on-campus parties with students from
other colleges, and Agnes Scott student
participation in events on other Atlanta
campuses.

International students, minority
students, transfer students, and Return to
College students are offered additional
orientation programs tailored to their
needs. All students are welcomed and en-
couraged to become vital members of the
campus community.

living
Nnangemenx^

Our residence halls are almost entirely
self-governing. A senior resident or resi-
dent assistant is assigned to each hall as
needed. These residential staff members
are supervised by the associate dean of

students. The Sttdent WarvSbook, given to
each student on arrival, explains all
campus regulations.

All of our rooms cost the same. Except
for Return to College students, all full-
time students must live in a College
residence hall or with parents or other
relatives. Any student who wishes to
change her residency status must have the
permission of the dean of students.

In the event that a student's conduct
indicates that she is not in sympathy with
the ideals and standards of the College's
residence life policies, or is not mature
enough to reside on campus, the dean of
students may terminate the student's
resident status.

Activities

The majority of student activities are
held in the newly renovated Wallace
McPherson Alston Campus Center.
This two-building facility was designed to
meet a variety of needs. The Alston Cen-
ter has student lounges, a snack bar, three
racquetball courts, a studio dance area and
the chapel. The Alston Annex houses
student government offices and a faculty
lounge. The assistant dean of students and
the coordinator of student activities plan
social, cultural, intellectual and recre-
ational activities for students.

Laylage Courie (left) and Daka Henmon fix
their makeup before taking stage as Presences
in the Blackfriar's production of "Alice in
Wor]derland." Such opportunites to expand
one's experiences are part of Agnes Scott's
broad spectrum of educational enrichment.

Agnes Scott College

'^:

Outside the Classroom

Student
Government

Agnes Scott is a community that val-
ues open communication among faculty,
students, and administrators. The Student
Government Association acts as a formal
liaison between the students and the ad-
ministration. Through this association,
students are, to a large extent, self-govern-
ing as they assume responsibility for many
policies and regulations. The Student
Handbook includes more information
about student government.

Hedth
Services

Student Health Services are provided
on campus under the direction of a na-
tionally certified nurse practitioner work-
ing with physician consultants in internal
medicine, gynecology, and psychiatry. Ser-
vices include evaluation and treatment of
minor health problems, health education,
and counseling. Professional staff members
can refer students with specific health
problems to the medical director or to
other specialists for evaluation and treat-
ment. The student health program stresses
prevention of illness, promotes self-care,
and encourages positive health practices.
Off-campus psychiatric counseling services
are available upon request.

Special health education and screening
programs are offered throughout the year.
Reference materials on health topics are
located in the Student Health Center.

Resident students are eligible for all
services provided by the Student Health
Center. The residence fee entitles the
boarding student to an evaluation and
treatment of selected health problems by
the nurse practitioner or referral to the
appropriate medical resource. Faculty,
staff, and non-resident students may re-

ceive first aid for minor injuries, limited
health screening, health information and
referral upon request, but are not eligible
for other services from the Health Center.

Students with serious illness or acci-
dent victims will be referred to hospitals.
The College reserves the right, if parents
or guardians cannot be reached, to make
decisions concerning emergency health
problems for any student who is a minor.

Counseling

Confidential counseling services are
offered to all Agnes Scott students by the
College counselors and the college
chaplain. In general, therapy sessions are
for 50 minutes and are limited to short-
term treatment of one semester or the
equivalent in weeks. Psychiatric or long-
term therapy is available off campus by
referral and includes a free evaluation.
Group counseling is provided for students
with special concerns such as a Return to
College student support group or a group
for children of divorced parents.

Individual personal counseling issues
include family problems, homesickness,
conflicts in relationships, decision-mak-
ing, grief, anxiety, depression, stress reduc-
tion, study skills, time management,
listening skills, and math anxiety. In addi-
tion, workshops can be arranged for groups
interested in any of the above topics. Stu-
dents are encouraged to take advantage of
the opportunity to explore their personal
growth through counseling.

CoUege
Chaplain

The chaplain coordinates Agnes
Scott's religious life, offering opportunities
for worship, reflection, service and com-
munity-building.

On-campus worship includes a Sunday

Agnes Scott College

Outside the Classroom

evening vespers service, weekly morning
prayer, services in celebration of special
campus events, as well as services offered
by visiting clergy from a variety of religious
traditions. Serving as a liaison between
the broader religious community and the
College, the chaplain encourages students
to become involved in the worship of a
local congregation and provides informa-
tion about the many churches and syna-
gogues in the Decatur and Atlanta areas.

Contexts for reflection on the relation-
ship between faith and learning, as well as
on personal and societal issues, are pro-
vided through speakers, group discussions,
support groups and personal counseling. In
consort with the director of student
activities, the chaplain's office offers
opportunities for faithful service to the
larger community by dealing with such
issues as homelessness and housing, lit-
eracy, the environment, health, poverty
and battered women.

In these ways, and as advisor to the
Religious Life Council, the chaplain
facilitates the building of positive commu-
nity life grounded in the traditions of
faith.

Career Planning and
Placement

Tlie Career Planning and Placement
Office helps students make well-informed
decisions about career and lifestyle
options. Our counselors encourage stu-
dents to appreciate career development as
a lifelong process that only begins at
Agnes Scott.

The office provides individual counsel-
ing; self- assessment aids (including SIGI
Plus, a computerized career development

program, the Strong Campbell Interest
Inventory, and the Myers-Briggs Type
Inventory); an extensive career library;
seminars about specific careers and career-
related issues; and job search workshops
on topics such as skills assessment, resume
writing, and interviewing techniques.

TTie Shadow, Extern, and Intern
Programs provide students with access to
advisors and role models in different career
fields.

Tlirough the Shadow Program,
students spend an afternoon or an entire
day talking with and observing local spon-
sors in careers of interest to the students.

The Extern Program enables students
to perform some on-the-job activities
during an entire work week spent with
sponsors and their colleagues.

The Intern Program provides summer
and semester placement, which gives
students on-the-job experience in many
fields such as business, social service, jour-
nalism, and the arts. Internships may be
paid or unpaid and for credit or non-
credit. (For more information about credit
internships, see THE ACADEMIC PRO-
GRAM section of this catalog.)

The office assists students in locating
permanent, summer, and part-time work.
The career library contains books and
magazines related to career choices, com-
pany information, as well as part-time and
full-time job listings. Mock interviews are
conducted to help students develop inter-
view skills. A career fair is sponsored by
the office each year.

During the spring semester, employers
visit the campus and conduct interviews.
Some employers also participate in our
Resume Recruitment Program by receiv-
ing resumes of upcoming graduates.

1993-1995 Catalog

Return to College

A gnes Scott College is committed
/ \ to assisting women beyond tradi-
A. Jl tional college age to pursue
their educational objectives in a program
suited to their individual needs. Students
in the Return to College Program enroll in
regular college courses and meet the same
degree requirements as the other under-
graduates.

Most women who enroll in Agnes
Scott through the Return to College
Program plan to earn the bachelor of arts
degree. Others pursue programs of study
for personal enrichment, to learn more in
a particular field, or to prepare for graduate
study in fields such as medicine, law, or
theology. Each student's program of study
is carefully planned and reviewed on an
individual basis.

Students in the Return to College
Program vary greatly in age, background,
marital circumstances, socio-economic
status, and in the degree to which they
participate in campus life. However, all
enter with a strong desire to succeed, in
spite of the demands of complex personal
lives, and they enrich the College commu-
nity with their energy, enthusiasm, and
personal views.

the application materials are received, the
Office of Admission will contact the ap-
plicant to arrange a campus interview. The
Scholastic Aptitude Test (SAT) is not
required for admission; however, students
who have taken this test within the last
five years are encouraged to submit their
scores.

Since students in the program typically
have been out of school for several years,
the College considers a woman's personal
history as well as her academic record to
determine her potential for success.
Factors such as employment outside the
home, community service, self-study, and
personal motivation are carefully reviewed
in the admission process. Students who are
on probation or have been dismissed will
not be admitted to Agnes Scott College.

Applications should be filed with the
Office of Admission as early as possible,
but no later than one month before the
beginning of a semester. Applicants seek-
ing financial aid must apply at least two
months in advance of the semester in
which they plan to enroll.

New Return to College students pay a
$100 enrollment fee by May 1. This fee is
non-refundable after May 1 .

Adm^don

Finandd Aid

The College accepts applications for
fall or spring semester. Applicants should
submit:

*^ The Return to College application,
including a personal essay and the $35
application fee;

%/ Two letters of recommendation; and
*/ Official transcripts of previous high
school and college work, sent directly from
the institutions attended. As soon as all of

Agnes Scott admits well-qualified stu-
dents without regard to financial need.
Financial aid decisions are made after the
student has been admitted to the College
and has chosen her courses for the term.
Assistance is available for full- or part-time
study to women who demonstrate finan-
cial need and have no bachelor's degree.
All financial aid awards for Return to
College students consist of grant and loan

Agnes Scott College

Return to College Students

funds provided chiefly through the Irene
K. Woodruff Scholarship Fund. Financial
aid recipients must enroll each semester
for a minimum of 6 semester-hours of
credit.

For more details see FINANICAL AID
(page 16).

Hedth Record

The College requires a completed
Entrance Health Record to be on file at
the Student Health Service before a stu-
dent attends classes. Health record forms
are sent to students after admission.

Students with Previoids
Academic Experience

Students in the Return to College pro-
gram with credits earned at other institu-
tions will be subject to the same regula-
tions as other transfer students with the
exception of the minimum course load.

Evduauon

Of Transfer Credit

Evaluation of transfer credit may
require course descriptions from catalogs
from all colleges previously attended to be
submitted to the assistant dean of the
college upon enrollment. Please contact
the registrar of your previous college or
colleges for assistance in obtaining catalog
course descriptions.

Academic credit earned at other insti-
tutions which meets College standards is
applied toward the Agnes Scott degree
upon classification. (See "Transfer Credit,"
page 43.) No more than 64 semester hours
(60 plus 4 for physical education) of trans-
fer credit will be counted toward the 124
semester hours required for the Agnes
Scott degree. A student must earn a mini-
mum of 60 hours in Agnes Scott academic

courses toward the 124 hours required for
the Agnes Scott degree.

Time Limits for
Completion of the Degree

Time limits for completion of the
degree are:

□ Eight years after enrollment if
classified as a first-year student.

□ Six years after enrollment if classified
as a sophomore.

□ Four years after enrollment if
classified as a junior or a senior.

Students with No
Academic Experience

Students who enroll with no previous
academic experience will be classified as
first-year students and will have a limit of
eight years to complete the degree.

Non-degfee Candidates

Students enrolled in the Return to
College Program but who do not intend to
obtain a degree may earn a maximum of
24 semester hours of credit. Non-degree
candidates will not be classified.

The dean of the college may make
exceptions to any of the above.

Interviews and Visits

Women considering the Return to
College Program are encouraged to visit
the campus. Arrangements to attend
classes may be made through the Office of
Admission. An interview is required.

Admission counselors welcome the
opportunity to meet with prospective
students to answer questions about the
program or to discuss transcripts of previ-
ous college work.

1993-1995 Catabg

The Athletic Program

A gnes Scott College has a tradition
/ \ of recognizing that physical
Jl. JL activity is an essential compo-
nent of the total growth and education of
women. Physical education is required of
all students in the academic program, not
only for physical well-being, but to
develop lifetime activities for fitness and
recreation.

With the completion of the Robert W.
Woodruff Physical Activities Building
with its basketball courts, 2 5 -meter swim-
ming pool and Nautilus equipment, the

Gellerstedt track and field, as well as the
dance studio and racquetball courts in the
Alston Campus Center, Agnes Scott has
made a commitment to provide quality
opportunities for physical activities and
athletics equivalent to that of its academic
programs.

The athletic program consists of
intercollegiate athletics, club sports, and
intramural sports.

Dance is also available through
performing groups such as Studio Dance
Theatre.

Two 'S>e'way\e.e College players crowd
Nancy "Nanska" Lowell in a game at Agnes
Scott. Intercollegiate basketball is only one
expression of Agnes Scott's emphasis on
athletics. The College's tradition of physical
activity ranges from swimming to dance.

Agnes Scott College

The Academic Program

Intellectual independence, academic
excellence, and infomned choice are
the basis of the academic program at
Agnes Scott. Each student is responsible
for her course of study within the param-
eters of academic excellence set by the
College's Specific, Distributional, and
Depth Standards.

Agnes Scott College is a community of
individuals. Faculty members are teacher-
scholars devoted to the well-being of their
students. First year counselors, residence
hall assistants, and big sisters represent a
student body that cares for each of its
members. Students should not hesitate to
seek advice from any of the members of
the Agnes Scott community.

Advising

Upon entering Agnes Scott College,
each student is assigned an academic advi-
sor by the assistant dean of the college.
This advisor is a faculty member who will
be able to meet with the student on an
individual basis to assist her in making
informed choices about her academic ca-
reer and will remain the student's advisor
until she selects a major, usually at the end
of the sophomore year.

The faculty advisor must sign the
student's course card, and any forms to add
or drop courses. This action signifies that
the student has consulted her faculty advi-
sor about her decision; however, the stu-
dent is responsible for her own choices
and her own academic program.

Requirements
For the Degree

Agnes Scott College confers the degree

of Bachelor of Arts. To qualify for the de-
gree, each student must complete success-
fully 1 24 semester hours of credit, includ-
ing no more than four semester hours of
physical education and no more than ten
semester hours of internship credit, with a
cumulative quality-point ratio of 2.00 (C
average); satisfy the Specific, Distribu-
tional, and Depth Standards; and satisfy
the Residence Requirement.

Specific and
Distributional Standards

The academic program at Agnes Scott
encourages informed choice within the
parameters of academic excellence. The
Specific Standards insure a student's com-
petence in specific skills. The Distribu-
tional Standards introduce a student to
the ways of thinking and subject matter of
broad areas of human inquiry. A student
satisfies these standards by completing
courses designated in the respective areas.

Because a liberal education includes an
appreciation of diverse cultures, the
faculty encourages students to take courses
that study women, non- Western cultures,
and racial and ethnic minorities in the
United States.

Specific Standards

Unless exempted, a student must satisfy
these standards:

( 1 ) English composition and reading:
two semester courses taken while a
student is classified as a first-year
student

(2) Foreign language: intermediate level

(3) Physical education: four semester
courses, two of which must be taken

Agnes Scott College

Academic Programs

while a student is classified as a first-
year student.

Distributional Standards

Unless exempted, a student must satisfy
these standards:

( 1 ) HUMANITIES AND FINE ARTS

(a) Literature: one semester course in
the language of its composition

(b) Religious and Philosophical
Thought: one semester course

(d) Fine Arts: one semester course

(2) NATURAL SCIENCE AND
MATHEMATICS

(a) Mathematics: one semester course

(b) Natural science: one semester
course that includes a laboratory
section

(3) SOCIAL SCIENCES
One semester course

Restrictions

Several restrictions apply to Specific
and/or Distributional Standards.

• The term one semester course means a
course of at least 3 semester hours.

• Credit received in satisfying Specific
Standards cannot apply to Distribu-
tional Standards.

• Credit received in satisfying Distribu-
tional Standards cannot apply to
Specific Standards.

• Courses taken to satisfy the Specific
and Distributional Standards cannot
be taken on a pass/fail basis.

• No more than one Specific or Distribu-
tional Standard may be satisfied by
transfer credit after a student has been
admitted. (See "Transfer Credit," p. 43.)

• No course may be used by a student to
satisfy more than one Distributional
Standard.

• No more than one Distributional
Standard can be satisfied in one depart-
ment (except for courses in Creative
Writing and Philosophy 220); cross-
listed courses count in the distribu-
tional area of the department in which
the faculty member teaching the course
is appointed.

• Courses in physical education beyond
the four required represent credit
beyond the 124 semester hours required
for the degree.

Satisfying Specific and
Distributional Standards by Courses

The following Agnes Scott courses (or
their equivalents) satisfy the Specific
Standards. Exceptions are considered
individually.

• Two semester courses in English com-
position and reading, taken while a
student is classified as a first-year
student.

English 101 and 102, or 103 and 104.

• The intermediate level of a foreign
language:

French 201 or 230; Gennan 201;
Greek or Latin, two semesters at the
200 level; Spanish 201.

• Four semester courses in physical educa-
tion, two of which must be taken while
a student is classified as a first-year
student.

Any course in the Department of
Physical Education, one of which must
be in fitness. The fitness courses are:
101, 102, 103, 105, 106, 108, 109.
The following Agnes Scott courses (or
their equivalents) satisfy the Distribu-
tional Standards. Exceptions are consid-
ered individually.

( 1 ) HUMANITIES AND FINE ARTS
(a) Literature: one semester course
in the language of its composition.
English: any course under the

1993-1995 Catabg

Academic Programs

"Literature" heading of the De-
partment of English except 309
and 323.

French: any course above 235.
German: 222 or any more
advanced literature course.
Greek: any 200- or 300'level
course except 360.
Latin: 204 or any course above
this level except 360.
Spanish: 223 or any more
advanced literature course.

(b) Religious and Philosophical
Thought: one semester course.
Bible and Religion: any course.
Philosophy: any course, except
220.

History: any course.
Classical Languages and Litera-
ture: any course under the "Clas-
sical Courses in English" heading
of the department.

(d) Fine Arts: one semester course.
Art: History and Theory — any
course; Studio Art — 161.
Creative Writing: English 201,
202, 203 (Theatre 203), 341,
342, 345 (Theatre 345).
Music: any course.

Theatre: any course except 117.
(2) NATURAL SCIENCE AND
M.\THEMATICS

(a) Mathematics: any course except
115 and 150

Philosophy: 220.

(b) Natural Science: one semester
course that includes a laboratory
section.

Astronomy: 1 20 or any course
(with a laboratory section) for
which the student qualifies.
Biology: 100 or any course (with
a laboratory section) for which

the student qualifies.
Chemistry: 101 and lOlLorany
course (with a laboratory sec-
tion) for which the student
qualifies.

Physics: 1 10 or any course (with
a laboratory section) for which
the student qualifies.
(3) SOCIAL SCIENCES

One semester course.
Anthropology: 101 or any
course for which the student
qualifies.

Economics: 104, 105 or any
course for which the student
qualifies except 210 and 211.
Political Science: any course
except 301, 302 or 303.
Psychology: 121 or any course
for which the student qualifies.
Sociology: 101 or any course for
which the student qualifies.

Courses taken under The University Center
Cross Registration Program may be used to
satisfy one Specific or Distributional Standard.
(See "Transfer Credit. ") The student must
have the approval of the Agnes Scott depart-
ment concerned and the dean or assistant
dean of the college.

Satisfying the Specific

and Distributional

Standards by Exemption

A student exempted from a Standard
does not always receive credit toward her
degree. However, the basis for the
exemption may also be the basis for
credit. (See "Advanced Placement Credit"
under the ADMISSION section, page B.)
Inquiries about exemption should be
made to the dean or assistant dean of the
college.

Agnes Scott College

Academic Programs

Depth Standards

Minors

The Depth Standards develop a
student's command of a particular subject
matter by her completion of a major.
Besides departmental majors, Agnes Scott
offers interdisciplinary majors and student-
designed majors. A major is:

(a) a minimum of 30 semester hours
within one discipline, exclusive of
required courses outside the discipline
and exclusive of internships. In inter-
disciplinary programs, the minimum
hours are specified in the programs'
descriptions. A course may be counted
toward the minimum hours required
for a major in only one major;

(b) a maximum of 48 semester hours
within one discipline, exclusive of
required courses outside the discipline
but inclusive of internships. In inter-
disciplinary programs, the maximum
hours are specified in the programs'
descriptions. Any hours beyond the
maximum must represent work be-
yond the 124 semester hours required
for the degree.

Credit received in satisfying Specific and
Distributional Standards may apply to
Depth Standards. A student should con-
sult the chair of her major department or
program on this matter.

A student usually selects a major during
the second semester of her sophomore
year. Information on majors is provided
under the departmental and program list-
ings in this catalog. First-year and sopho-
more students should review the require-
ments of majors they are considering in
order to determine if any courses must be
taken during the first and second years.

When considering a major, students
should talk with the chair of the depart-
ment or program. They should also seek
the advice of other department members
and of their faculty advisors.

A student may elect a minor field of study
in addition to her major. Minors are only
available as specifically described under
certain departments and programs in this
catalog. The following policies apply to
minors:

( 1 ) Students may complete no more than
two majors or one major and one
minor.

(2) Courses taken to complete a major
may not be used to complete a minor
and conversely.

(3) Credit received in satisfying specific
and distributional standards may ap-
ply to a minor. A student should con-
sult the chair of her minor depart-
ment on this matter.

(4) The pass/ fail option is not available
for courses taken to satisfy the minor.

(5) Usually no more than one semester
course of summer school work may
apply to requirements for the minor if
approved by the chair of the minor
department.

(6) Cross-registration courses at member
institutions of the University Center
may satisfy requirements for the
minor if approved by the chair of the
minor department.

(7) No credits from internships may be
used to satisfy the minimum hours/
courses for the minor, unless a credit
internship is specifically permitted
within the requirements for the minor.

The Residence
Requirement

The junior and senior years, or three of
the four years including the senior year,
are to be completed at Agnes Scott. All
students must earn a minimum of 60
semester hours in Agnes Scott College
academic courses toward the 124 hours

1 993- J 995 Catalog

Academic Programs

required for the degree. Under special
circumstances, a student who has com-
pleted three years at Agnes Scott, or two
years including a year at the upperdivision
level, may take her senior year at another
institution. A request for exception to the
residence requirement must be filed with
the assistant dean of the college by the
beginning of the spring semester of the
preceding session. Permisson may then be
granted by the dean of the college on the
recommendation of the chair of the major
department.

Courses, Grades,
Emmmations and Honors

Courses

The College operates on a variable
credit-hour, early-semester calendar. The
unit of credit is the semester hour. Courses
carry from 1 to 5 semester-hours credit.
Usually 1 credit hour is granted for each
contact hour. Laboratories are usually 3
contact hours and carry 1 credit hour.
Semester courses in physical education
carry 1 semester hour credit.

All courses are semester courses, i.e.,
courses which begin and end within a
semester, with final grades at the end of
the semester. Credit is given upon success-
ful completion of each semester course.

Course Numbering

Courses are numbered according to
level of difficulty as follows:

• 100s - introduce a discipline

• 200s - intermediate, though they may

introduce students to an area or
aspect of a discipline

• 300s and 400s - advanced; Students

should consult their instructors
or faculty advisors to determine
the appropriate course levels.

Course Loads

The usual course load is 15 semester
hours. The minimum course load is 12
semester hours (exclusive of physical edu-
cation); the maximum is 18 semester
hours (exclusive of physical education).
Courses taken under cross-registration are
included in a student's course load.

Unclassified students and students in
the Return to College Program are not
subject to the minimum course load
limitation.

Requests for Hours in Excess of 18

Students with a minimum overall qual-
ity-point ratio of 3.00 may take a maxi-
mum course load of 21 hours. Students
participating in the professional semester
in the Early Childhood Education pro-
gram are excepted from this regulation.
Students requesting 19 academic hours
may request permission from the assistant
dean of the college.

Grades

Grades are officially recorded as fol-
lows: A, excellent; B, good; C, average; D,
passing; E, conditional failure with the
privilege of re-examination; F, failure; I,
incomplete; WP, withdrew passing; WF,
withdrew failing; MED, medical with-
drawal. Grades for courses taken on a pass/
fail basis are recorded as P or F (see excep-
tion under Pass/Fail option).

Except for courses taken on a pass/fail
basis, grades are assigned the following
quality points: A = 4 quality points per
semester hour, B = 3, C = 2, D = 1, F = 0.
Grades of 1, P, E, WP, and W¥ are ex-
cluded from the calculation of quality-
point ratios. Only grades for courses taken
at Agnes Scott are factored into a
student's quality-point ratio.

Agnes Scott College

Academic Programs

Grade reports are sent to students at
the end of each semester.

The Pass/Fail Option

This option was included in the aca-
demic program to encourage students to
elect courses they otherwise might have
not selected. Juniors and seniors may
choose a total of two courses on a pass/fail
basis. Forms for this request are in the
Registrar's Office. They must be com-
pleted by one week after the day mid-
semester grades are due in the Registrar's
Office. This deadline will not be extended
if the student has not received a grade by
this date.

A student may not elect a course on a
regular credit basis if she first elected it on
a pass/fail basis.

The pass/fail option is not available for
courses taken to satisfy Specific and Distri-
butional Standards; courses taken to satisfy
Depth Standards, (any courses in the major)
including required courses outside the disci-
pline; courses taken for a minor; certain
courses in the teacher education program.

If a student receives a grade of A in a
pass/fail course, the grade will be recorded
on her transcript and averaged into her
quality-point ratio. However, the credits
will still be counted toward her total
allowed for pass/fail hours.

All grades for internships are recorded
on a pass/fail basis. These hours are in ad-
dition to the 8 semester hours allowed for
pass/fail. Internships are an exception to the
policy prohibiting courses taken to satisfy
Depth Standards from being pass/fail.

Registering for Courses

All students must register for classes on
the dates announced in the College
Calendar. There is a $10 fee for late regis-
tration. No student is allowed to register

after the tenth calendar day of the semes-
ter. If a student is not properly registered
for a course, she will not receive credit for
the course.

Adding Courses

No new course may be added after the
tenth calendar day of the semester.

Withdrawing from Courses

The last day to withdraw from a course
without a grade of WP or WF is one week
after mid-semester grades are due in the
Registrar's Office. In this case, the course
will not be on her record. Students who
withdraw from classes after that date will
receive a WP or WF grade on their
records. No course may be dropped after
the last day of classes.

In cases of medical emergency, a stu-
dent may withdraw from a course with the
designation MED (medical withdrawal),
which will appear on her record. Medical
withdrawals are authorized by the dean or
assistant dean of the college only when a
medical emergency is described and certi-
fied in writing by a licensed physician or
psychologist.

Students in Independent Study (490)
are covered by the withdrawal procedures
of the Independent Study program.

Auditing Courses

Students may audit courses with writ-
ten pennission from the dean or assistant
dean of the college and the approval of
the instructor. Students are subject to any
restrictions or requirements the instructor
may wish to impose. Audited courses do
not appear on a student's record.

The student's academic record and
course load are factors considered in grant-
ing permission to audit. No student will be

1993 A995 Catalog

Academic Programs

given permission to audit after the tenth
calendar day of the semester. A student
may not take for credit a course she has
audited earlier.

Repeating Courses

With a Grade of D

Students may not repeat Agnes Scott
courses for which she has received grades
of A, B, C, D, or P. Under unusual circum-
stances and the following conditions, a
student may repeat a course for which she
has received a D:

(1) She must obtain the written approval
of the chair of the department
involved and the approval of the dean
of the college for permission to repeat
the course.

(2) If a student withdraws from a repeated
course, the original grade will stand in
the Quality Point Ratio and on the
transcript, and she cannot exercise this
option again.

The final grade for a repeated course
will be substituted in the calculation of the
quality-point ratio, even if it is an F, but
both grades will appear on the transcript.
Repeated courses may not be taken
pass/fail.

Tests

Tests are announced at least a week in
advance. Attendance at these tests is man-
datory. No student is required to take more
than two tests on one day provided she
notifies the instructor at the time the third
test is announced. If a student, because of
unavoidable circumstances, cannot take a
test at the appropriate time, permission to
take the test at another time may be
granted by the instructor of that course.

Completion of Semester Courses

All work for a semester course, except
final examinations and papers in lieu of
final examinations, must be completed by
9 a.m. of the second reading day of the
semester. Instructors may require work
other than final examinations to be com-
pleted earlier.

In certain cases, the dean or assistant
dean of the college may authorize a grade
of Incomplete (I) in consultation with the
instructor. A date will be set for comple-
tion of the work. Unless the work is com-
pleted by that date, the instructor will turn
in a grade based upon the completed work
and the course requirements.

Class Attendance

Written Work

The effectiveness of instruction at
Agnes Scott is directly related to regular
class attendance. Attendance policies are
set by instructors and individual depart-
ments.

Attendance at all academic appoint-
ments is required of students on Academic
Probation and of first-year students during
their first semester. These students are per-
mitted one unexcused absence in each
class during the semester.

The responsibility for work missed is
entirely that of the individual student.

The grade on any unexcused late writ-
ten work is automatically reduced by one-
third of a letter for each day the paper is
late, including Saturday and Sunday.
NX^en papers are late because of a pro-
longed illness, an excuse may be provided
by the dean of students.

Final Examinations

Final examinations are given at the
end of each semester. Except for a few
final exams scheduled in advance (because

Agnes Scott College

Academic Programs

of the nature of the course or the size of
the class), students schedule exams during
the College's final examination period.
If a student is unable to complete final
examinations during the College's final
examination period due to illness or other
excused cause, she may take those final
examinations at a time specified by the
dean or assistant dean of the college. A
notation of "I" (Incomplete) will appear
on the student's record until a permanent
grade has been recorded. Incompletes may
be granted only by the dean or assistant
dean of the college.

Re-examinations

Re-examinations given in cases of con-
ditional failure (grades of E) must be taken
during the first week of the semester after
failure. In this case, the final grade can be
no higher than D.

Policy for Disputed Final Grades

When a student has substantial
grounds to dispute a final grade and is pre-
pared to present evidence to support a
grievance, she must initiate the procedure
by voicing her complaint to the instructor.
If the matter is not resolved at this level,
the student may then take the matter to
the chair of the department for mediation.
If the matter is still not resolved, she may
then refer the matter to the dean of the
college for further mediation. If the dean is
unable to resolve the dispute, the student
must then refer the matter in writing to
the Committee on Academic Standards
and Admissions no later than thirty (30)
days after the beginning of the next
semester. The committee's decision shall
be final.

Implementation:
1 . The one student member of the

Academic Standards and Admission

Committee shall participate fully in the
final decision provided that the student
involved in the dispute waives her right
to confidentiality. Should the student
involved in the dispute be the student
member of the committee, the Vice-
President of the Student Government
Association shall serve in her place in
this specific case.
2. Should a member of the Academic
Standards and Admission Committee
be the faculty member involved in the
dispute, that faculty member shall not
be involved in the committee's delib-
erations and shall not have a vote. The
chair of the Faculty Executive Com-
mittee shall serve in his/her place.

Confidentiality of Student Records

The Family Rights and Privacy Act of
1974 (also called the Buckley Amend-
ment) protects the privacy of educational
records, establishes students' rights to
inspect and review their records, and
provides ways to correct inaccurate and
misleading data. Agnes Scott College
makes every effort to comply fully with
this legislation.

Certain information is considered
public and the College releases this infor-
mation at its discretion. Unless a student
files written notification to withhold
disclosure, the College will release
announcements of graduation honors and
awards, and will verify dates of attendance
and conferral of degrees. Names, addresses,
and other directory information will be
released for internal use and in the
College directory.

The College releases transcripts of aca-
demic records and statements of academic
status to third parties only with the
student's written authorization. Parents
who have filed a written request with the
registrar certifying that their daughters are

1993-1995 Catalog

Academic Programs

dependents (according to section 152 of
the Internal Revenue Code of 1952) also
receive this information.

A student or her parent has the right to
challenge any content of the student's
educational record considered to be inac-

curate, misleading, or in violation of the
student's privacy or other rights. Such a
challenge may be directed to the registrar
of the college and, finally, to the United
States Department of Education.

Josephine Bradley, assistant professor ofsociobgy, teaches sociology of the family.

Agnes Scott College

Academic Honors

Graduation
With Honor

A student is eligible to graduate with
Honor if she:

( 1 ) Attains a minimum cumulative
quality-point ratio of 3.40 for all
work completed at Agnes Scott.

(2) Attains a minimum cumulative
quality-point ratio of 3.40 for the
semesters that include her last 60
academic hours completed in
residence at Agnes Scott. Quality-
point ratios are based on all
academic work of a semester.

(3) Has received neither a final grade
below a C nor a WF in an aca-
demic course during the period
defined in (2) as her last 60 hours.

(4) Receives the recommendation of
her major department. NXTien the
student has more than one major,
she shall receive the recommenda-
tion of either one of her major
departments, except that if she has
done independent study, she must
receive the recommendation of the
department in which she has done
independent study. In the case of
an interdisciplinary major, this shall
be interpreted to mean the recom-
mendation of all departments
concerned in the major. In the case
of a student-designed major, the
assistant dean of the college will
determine the departments
concerned in the major from which
the student must receive recom-
mendations.

Graduation
With High Honor

A student is eligible to graduate with
High Honor if she:

( 1 ) Attains a minimum cumulative
quality-point ratio of 3.70 for all
work completed at Agnes Scott.

(2) Attains a minimum cumulative
quality-point ratio of 3.70 for the
semesters that include her last 60
academic hours completed in
residence at Agnes Scott. Quality-
point ratios are based on all
academic work of a semester.

(3) Has received neither a final grade
below a C nor a WF in an aca-
demic course during the period
defined in (2) as her last 60 hours.

(4) Completes a minimum of 4 credit
hours of independent study.

(5) Receives the recommendation of
her major department. NX/hen the
student has more than one major,
she must receive the recommenda-
tion of the department in which
she has done independent study. In
the case of an interdisciplinary
major, this shall be interpreted to
mean the recommendation of all
departments concerned in the
major. In the case of a student-
designed major, the assistant dean
of the college will determine the
departments concerned in the
major from which the student must
receive recommendations.

1993 A995 Catalog

Academic Honors

Academic Hoinors

The Beta of Georgia Chapter of Phi
Beta Kappa was established at Agnes Scott
in 1926. The chapter holds annual elec-
tions according to criteria and procedures
prescribed by the United Chapters.

The College recognizes superior aca-
demic work in several ways. At the
Honors Convocation held each fall, the
dean of the college announces the Stukes
Scholars, three students who rank first
academically in the rising sophomore,
junior, and senior classes. The Stukes
Scholars are named on the basis of the
work of the previous session and overall
academic achievement.

Other honors include the Dana Schol-
arship Program, begun in 1970 with a
grant firom the Charles A. Dana Founda-
tion. Academic promise, leadership
potential, and financial need are criteria
for this honor.

The Alpha Delta chapter of Eta Sigma
Phi, a national honorary fraternity of
Greek and Latin students, was organized at
Agnes Scott in 1928. The society encour-
ages classical scholarship and appreciation
of ancient learning, both in the Agnes
Scott student body and in the local high
school. Membership is based on scholar-
ship.

The Agnes Scott chapter of Phi Sigma
Tau was organized in 1979. The society
links philosophy departments in accred-
ited institutions and students interested in
philosophy. Membership is open to quali-
fied students who have taken at least three
courses in philosophy.

Psi Chi is the National Honor Society
in Psychology and was founded for the

purpose of "encouraging, stimulating, and
maintaining excellence in scholarship and
advancing the science of psychology." A
chapter was established at Agnes Scott
College in 1990. Membership is open to
students with a B average in Psychology
and rank in the the top 35% of their
college class.

The Kappa Kappa Chapter of Pi Delta
Phi, the National French Honor Society,
was established at Agnes Scott College in
1990. The purpose of the Honor Society is
to recognize outstanding scholarships in
the French language and literature.
Membership is open to students who have
taken at least five courses in French and
have been nominated on the basis of their
academic achievement.

Honor List and
Deans Honor List

A student is eligible for the Honor List
at the end of a semester if she has com-
pleted 12 semester hours in academic
courses that semester with a semester qual-
ity-point ratio of at least 3.3 and no grade
below C in an academic course, including
courses taken under cross-registration.
Cross-registration courses are not calcu-
lated in the quality-point ratio.

A student is eligible for the Dean's
Honor List at the end of a semester if she
has completed 12 semester hours in
academic courses that semester with a
semester quality-point ratio of at least 3.7
and no grade below C in an academic
course, including courses taken under
cross-registration. Cross-registration
courses are not calculated in the quality-
point ratio.

Agnes Scott College

Academic Standards

Classification

A classified student is one who has
been admitted as a candidate for the
Agnes Scott degree.

Students are classified:
»/ First-year students: students who have

earned fewer than 24 semester-hours of

academic credit.
%/ Sophomores: students who have

earned at least 24 semester-hours of

academic credit and a cumulative

quality-point ratio of at least 1 .50.
^ Juniors: students who have earned at

least 56 semester hours of academic

credit and a cumulative quality-point

ratio of at least 1.75.
v^ Seniors: students who have earned at

least 88 semester hours of academic

credit and a cumulative quality-point

ratio of at least 1.91.

Classified students are advised to com-
plete 25 percent of the semester hours
required in academic courses for the
degree during each academic year. The
recommended semester hours for class
standing are: sophomore, 30; junior, 60;
senior, 90. (These numbers do not include
credit for courses in physical education.)

The minimum semester hours for class
standing are: sophomore, 24; junior, 56;
senior, 88. A student with less than these
minimums is usually placed on academic
probation. (These numbers do not include
credit for courses in physical education.)

Unclassified students are not candi-
dates for the degree. An unclassified
student may not be working toward a
degree (special student), may be a tran-
sient student earning a degree at another
institution, or a secondary school student
in a joint-enrollment program.

Unclassified students may earn a

maximum of 24 semester-hours credit in
academic courses at Agnes Scott College.
Requests for exception should be directed
to the dean of the college.

Academic Probation and
Academic Warning

Academic probation is imposed by the
dean of the college at any time as a result
of unsatisfactory academic performance.
This probation notifies a student that un-
less her academic performance becomes
satisfactory, she may be dismissed.

A student on academic probation is
permitted only one unexcused absence in
each academic course. Further absences
may result in academic dismissal during
the semester. Students on academic proba-
tion are placed on activity restriction and
may not hold any elective or appointive
office and may not participate with any
performing group or in any organized col-
lege activities. Additional restrictions may
also be imposed for students on academic
probation.

(National Collegiate Athletic Associa-
tion regulations state that students on
academic probation may not participate
in intercollegiate sports.)

A full-time, classified student usually is
placed on academic probation at the end
of a semester if she has grades of E or F in
two academic courses; or has achieved
fewer than 9 semester-hours credit in aca-
demic courses; or has a semester quality-
point ratio less than the minimum for her
classification: first-year student, 1.50;
sophomore, 1.75; junior, 1.91; senior, 2.00.

A full-time, classified student usually is
placed on academic probation at the end
of a session if she has a cumulative quality-

1993-1995 Catcdog

Academic Standards

point ratio less than the minimum for her
classification or if she has not achieved the
minimum semester hours for her classifica-
tion in the next session: sophomore, 24;
junior, 56; senior, 88. (These numbers do
not include credit for courses in physical
education.)

A part-time, classified student usually is
placed on academic probation at the end
of a semester if she has grades of E or F in
two academic courses; passes fewer than
two-thirds of the academic work for which
she registered; has a semester quality-point
ratio less than the minimum for her classi-
fication: first-year student, 1.50; sopho-
more, 1.75; junior, 1.91; senior, 2.00.

An unclassified student usually is
placed on academic probation at the end
of a semester if she has received grades of E
or F in two academic courses. Unclassified
students whose academic performance is
considered unsatisfactory in other ways may
also be placed on academic probation.

The dean of the college may waive the
guidelines for academic probation if a stu-
dent has been forced to reduce her
academic load because of extenuating
circumstances.

A student who usually would be placed
on academic probation may instead be
placed on academic warning by the dean
of the college. This is done when the dean
decides that mitigating circumstances do
not justify academic probation. Academic
warning may carry some restrictions. A
student on academic warning may be
placed on academic probation at any
time during a semester. If her academic
performance is unsatisfactory, she will be
placed on academic probation for the
next semester.

Good Standing

A student is in good standing if she is not
on academic or disciplinary probation.

Academic
Dismissal

Academic dismissal requires the
student to separate from the College for
academic reasons. The Judicial Review
Committee of the College imposes
academic dismissal for a specific period on
recommendation of the dean of the
college.

Students given academic dismissal
usually are eligible to apply for readmission
after one year.

Full-time, classified students are subject
to academic dismissal for failure to earn 18
semester hours of credit in academic
courses in any academic session, or for fail-
ure to achieve appropriate class standing
for two consecutive years, or for extremely
poor academic performance during the
first semester on academic probation, or
after being on academic probation for two
consecutive semesters.

Students may be given academic
dismissal at any time if the Judicial Review
Committee judges their academic perfor-
mance to be unsatisfactory. Part-time,
classified students are subject to academic
dismissal after two consecutive semesters
of academic probation.

Unclassified students may continue
their work at the College as determined by
the dean or assistant dean of the college.

The Judicial Review Commitee may
waive the guidelines for academic dis-
missal if a student has been forced to
reduce her load because of extenuating
circumstances.

Disciplinary Probation,
Suspension and Dismissal

For violation(s) of social regulations or
policies. Honor Court may recommend to
the Judicial Review Committee that a
student be placed on disciplinary proba-

Agnes Scott College

Academic Standards

tion or be suspended or dismissed. Suspen-
sion is made with a stipulated time of
return when the student is automatically
reinstated in good standing if she so
desires. A student who is dismissed must
apply for readmission. The Judicial Review
Committee may specify a length of time
that a student must wait before she may
apply for readmission.

Adrrdrdstrative
Dismissal

A student whose conduct indicates
that she is not in sympathy with the ideals
and standards of the College or who is not
mature enough for its programs may be
asked to withdraw. In such cases the judg-
ment of the president, dean of the college
and dean of students is sufficient, and it is
not necessary that specific reasons be
given. In the unusual circumstances that
any one of the three officers is absent
and cannot be reached, the remaining
two persons are authorized to make a
decision.

The College maintains the right to
enter a student's room for the purpose of
maintenance, fire, safety, and upholding
College regulations and policies.

Judicial Review Committee

Of the College

The Judicial Review Committee of the
College is given the responsibility of:

( 1 ) Reviewing and acting on recommen-
dations of Representative Council,
which affect the powers and philoso-
phy of student government, or which
pertain to major regulations concern-
ing student welfare;

(2) Acting upon the recommendation of
the dean of the college that a student
who has not met the academic
standards of the College be dismissed;

(3) Acting upon the recommendation of
Honor Court that a student be placed
on disciplinary probation or be sus-
pended or dismissed;

(4) Requiring the withdrawal of any
student whose presence is thought to
be injurious to the interests of the
College community; or imposing the
penalty of administrative probation in
situations involving a student's failure
to meet the standards or expectations
of the College community;

(5) Assuming original jurisdiction in a
student-initiated disciplinary action in
which the committee feels that justice
has not been served.

Members of the

Judicial Review Committee

The President of the College (Chair)
The Dean of the College
The Dean of Students
The Registrar

Four members of the faculty
President of the SG A
President of the Honor Court
President of the Interdormitory
Council

Transfer
Credit

Transfer credit is given for grades of C
or better in courses taken at accredited
colleges and universities if approved by the
dean or assistant dean of the college. No
credit is given for courses with pass/fail or
satisfactory/unsatisfactory grades.

Once a student has been admitted to
Agnes Scott College, she may satisfy only
one Specific or Distributional Standard at
another institution. This applies to
students on leave of absence, students
who have withdrawn and been readmit-
ted, cross-registration students, and

1 993- J 995 Catalog

Academic Standards

students attending summer school.

A student may also transfer, after
admission, a maximum of 20 semester
hours of credit to Agnes Scott from
another institution, including work taken
in summer school, while on leave o{ ab-
sence, or after the student has withdrawn
and before readmission to the College.
Only 10 of these 20 hours may be taken
while on leave or leaves of absence. These
hourly restrictions do not apply to students
on approved Junior Year Abroad, Wash-
ington Semester, cross-registration, or ex-
change programs. Grades for credit earned
at another institution are not factored into
a student s quality-point ratio.

A student must earn a minimum of 60
hours in Agnes Scott College academic
courses toward the 1 24 hours required for
the Agnes Scott degree. Academic courses
do not include courses in physical educa-
tion. Grades for transfer credit are not fac-
tored into a student's quality-point ratio.

Exceptions to the above policies may
be made by the dean of the college.

Evduation of
Transfer Credit

Evaluation of transfer credit may
require a course description from catalogs
from all colleges previously attended to be
submitted to the assistant dean of the
college. Please contact the registrar of
your previous college or colleges for
assistance in obtaining catalog course
descriptions.

Summer
School

Credit for approved summer courses at
accredited colleges and universities may be
applicable to the requirements for the
Agnes Scott degree. No credit is given for
a summer school course if the grade is less

than C. Credit for summer school courses
is not factored into a student's quality-
point ratio.

Students planning to take summer
school courses should consult the dean or
assistant dean of the college before
enrolling in summer school. All courses
require approval by the dean or assistant
dean of the college, in consultation with
the appropriate academic department.
Only one Specific or Distributional Stan-
dard may be satisfied by work in summer
school. Courses to satisfy Depth Standards
must also be approved by the chair of the
student's major department. Usually no
more than two semester courses of summer
school work may apply to the require-
ments for a major. Usually no more than
one semester course of summer school
work may apply to requirements for the
minor if approved by the chair of the
minor department.

A maximum of 1 2 semester hours will
be approved per summer, and no more
than 20 semester hours of summer school
work will be credited toward the 124
semester hours required for the Agnes
Scott degree. (See "Transfer Credit,"
p. 43.) The dean of the college may make
exceptions. Hours in Agnes Scott Summer
Programs are not included in these limits.

Leave of
Absence

The purpose of a leave of absence is to
allow a student a break in her studies with-
out having to withdraw from the College
and apply for readmission.

A request for a leave of absence should
be submitted to the assistant dean of the
college for approval by the end of the
course selection period prior to the semes-
ter or semesters requested. Except under
the most unusual circumstances, no re-
quests for a leave of absence during that

Agnes Scott College

Academic Standards

semester will be considered after classes
have begun. A leave of absence may be for
one or two semesters, with a maximum of
two semesters during her college career. A
student may request the assistant dean of
the college to extend her leave of absence
from one semester to two semesters.

A student granted a leave of absence
need not apply for readmission. Within a
reasonable time, she should notify the
assistant dean of the college of her intent
to return as a student. A student who does
not return within the time specified for
her leave will be considered to have with-
drawn. She must apply for readmission
before she can return.

A leave of absence may not be used to
attend classes full-time at another institu-
tion. If, for good reason, a student on leave
wishes to take some course-work at
another college or university, she should
first consult with the assistant dean of the
college who will serve as her academic
advisor for the duration of the leave.
Except under very special circumstances,
strict limitations apply as to the amount of
academic credit that may be earned during
a leave of absence: six hours during a one-
semester leave and ten hours during a
one -year leave. If academic credit is
attempted, a student must submit an offi-
cial transcript to the College prior to her
return. If a student is not in good standing
at another institution, it will be necessary
for her to apply for readmission before she
can return to Agnes Scott College.

Exceptions to the above policies may
be made by the dean of the college.

A student whose leave of absence is
approved must pay a non-refundable $250
continuation fee for the leave period.
(Return to College students pay a $100
continuation fee.) When she returns to
Agnes Scott College, the fee will be
applied toward her expenses.

Withdrawing
From the College

A student who wishes to withdraw
from the College must obtain a with-
drawal card from the dean or assistant
dean of the college, or the dean of
students.

Withdrawal is not official until a with-
drawal card has been signed by one of the
deans. Withdrawal cards will not be signed
while academic or disciplinary actions
involving the student are in process. A
student may not withdraw after the last
day of classes.

Grades for students whose withdrawal
cards are signed will be determined on the
basis described in sections "Grades" and
"Completion of Semester Courses" in
this catalog.

For the financial aspects of withdrawal
from the College, see TUITION AND
FEES, p. 57.

Readmission

Students who have withdrawn or been
dismissed from Agnes Scott and wish to
return must submit an application form
with the $35 nonrefundable application
fee. The application is available from the
Admission Office. Students must also send
transcripts of college work taken since
leaving Agnes Scott, and the recommen-
dation of a professor under whom she did
this recent work.

Students who have not pursued
additional study may complete a short
application form, also available from the
Admission Office, which is reviewed by
the dean of the college and the dean of
students. In such cases, the College
reserves the right to require an official
application for admission.

19934995 Catalog

special Curricular
Opportunities

On Campus
Opportunties

Agnes Scott
Summer Programs

Agnes Scott offers periodic summer
study programs. Descriptions of these
programs are included among depart-
mental offerings.

Acceleration

A student may complete the require-
ments for the degree in fewer than eight
semesters. She may accelerate her progress
by:

i/ entering with credit from Advanced
Placement examinations of the College
Entrance Examination Board, Higher
Level examinations of the Interna-
tional Baccalaureate, or joint-enroll-
ment programs;
t/ carrying an increased course load; or by
i/ attending summer sessions at other in-
stitutions.

A student planning to accelerate
should consult the chair of her major de-
partment. Permission to accelerate must
be obtained from the dean or assistant
dean of the college.

Cross-Registration

Cross-registration at member institu-
tions of The University Center in Georgia
allows students to take courses not avail-

able at Agnes Scott. Students from
member institutions may also take courses
at Agnes Scott.

Grades for courses taken through cross-
registration are not factored into a
student's quality-point ratio, but grades of
A, B, C, or D are accepted for credit
hours. Only one Specific or Distributional
Standard may be fulfilled by courses taken
under cross-registration. (See "Transfer
Credit.") Courses taken to satisfy Depth
Standards must be approved by the chair
of the major department.

Cross-registration courses may satisfy
requirements for a minor if approved by
the chair of the minor department. All
courses must be approved by the assistant
dean of the college.

Students enrolled in cross-registration
courses are subject to the regulations of
the institution where the course is taken,
including deadlines for application, regis-
tration, and withdrawing from a course.
Students should apply for approval to the
assistant dean of the college before the
end of course selection for the semester
in which they plan to enroll in cross-
registration.

As part of Agnes Scott's efforts to involve
women in community activities, Nancy Zehl
of Savannah, Ga. , and Marie Christine
Lager of Paris, France (right) help in
construction of a Habitat for Humanity house
in StarkviUe, Miss. The variety of experierKes
offered ASC students is extensive, from social
projects to study overseas to joint degrees.

Agnes Scott College

>.4

■^\,

^^-.^

♦ .*'

special Curricular Opportunities

Year Five
Program

Scott Free Year Five is a unique pro-
gram offered by Agnes Scott College,
designed to assist students in making the
transition from college to the world of
work. Agnes Scott graduates are eligible to
attend Agnes Scott tuition-free the year
following their graduation. Students take
classes on a "space available" basis and
may take from one course up to a full
course load. Credit for all courses taken is
recorded on the student's Agnes Scott
College transcript. The Year Five student
can request to live on campus. The assis-
tant dean of the college is the academic
advisor for all Year Five students.

Any student interested in information
concerning Year Five or in submitting an
application for the Year Five Program
should contact the assistant dean of the
college.

Independent
Study (490)

Independent study gives superior stu-
dents the opportunity to explore some
field of intellectual or artistic interest and
to produce a related piece of work.

Every student with junior standing
and a cumulative quality-point ratio of B
(3.0) or better is eligible to apply for an
independent study. Her application must
be approved by the appropriate depart-
ment. The project may begin as early as
the spring semester of the student's
junior year.

Interested students should consult the
assistant dean of the college for written
guidelines and then apply in writing to the
appropriate department chair. The com-
pleted application for an independent
study must be submitted for approval to
the assistant dean of the college.

Students wishing to begin independent
study during the fall semester of their
senior year must apply two weeks before
Course Selection Week in the spring
semester of their junior year.

Those wishing to begin their study in
the spring semester of their junior year, or
who wish to undertake a one-semester
study in the spring semester of their senior
year, must apply no later than two weeks
before the fall semester deadline for course
changes.

Internships (450)

The College recognizes that learning
through internships can be a valuable ad-
junct to classroom learning and endeavors
to make possible worthwhile experiences
for students whose academic programs
would benefit from such opportunities.

Internships worthy of academic credit
are those that bear a close relationship to
the student's principal academic interests.
Internships for which academic credit is
inappropriate are those that have little
relationship to the College curriculum.
These may provide secondary benefits,
such as personal development, professional
experience, service to the community, or
acquisition of purely practical information.
The College facilitates participation in
these internships through the Office of
Career Planning and Placement.

A student interested in an internship
for credit should obtain written guidelines
and an application from the Registrar's
Office. She should then consult with the
chair of her major department. The com-
pleted application should be submitted for
review to the assistant dean of the college.
The deadline for applications is two weeks
before the last class day of the semester
prior to the internship.

Tuition for credit internships during
the academic session is included in the

Agnes Scott College

special Curricular Opportunities

regular fees. NX/hen the College is not in
session, the charge for Agnes Scott credit
earned under the supervision of an Agnes
Scott faculty member is $300 per semester
hour.

SHARPlWomm

SHARPlWomen (Science Honors
Associates Research Program for Women)
is a summer research program involving
Agnes Scott faculty and undergraduates.
For part of the program, high school teams
(one high school teacher and two high
school students) join the Agnes Scott
faculty and students doing research
projects. Information for SHARPlWomen
is available from the science departments
and from the assistant dean of the college.

Special Study (410)

Special study courses (numbered 410)
are offered by all academic departments
and are open to senior majors (and
qualified juniors) to pursue work in areas
outside a department's listed courses.
Non-majors who demonstrate sufficient
preparation in the discipline may also take
410 courses.

Applications to take special study are
available in the Registrar's Office and must
be returned to the assistant dean of the
college for approval no later than two
weeks before the last class day of the se-
mester before the desired 410 course. A
410 course carries from 2 to 4 semester-
hours credit. Ordinarily, a student will
take no more than two semester courses of
special study.

The application should include the
name of the instructor who will offer the
410, the course title and a description of
the topic to be studied, a statement of the
student's preparation for such study, and
the basis for the grade.

The instructor must endorse the appli-
cation and so must the chair of the
department offering the 410.

If a student requests a 410 in her junior
year, the application should also state the
appropriateness of the 410 to the student's
major program.

If a student wishes to take a 410 outside
her major department, her application
must describe her preparation
in the department offering the 4 1 0, as well as
the information described above.

Student-Designed
Majors

A student may design her own major to
combine disciplines differently from the
listed interdisciplinary majors. She should
consult first the assistant dean of the col-
lege, who will assign her an advisor and
oversee the development of her proposal.

Proposals for student-designed majors
usually are submitted to the assistant dean
of the college during the spring semester of
a student's sophomore year.

Teaching

Agnes Scott has state-approved
programs for Early Childhood (K-4),
Middle Grades (4-8), several secondary
fields, music (K-12), and foreign languages
(K-12). A student who completes any of
these programs satisfactorily is eligible for
initial Georgia certification, generally ac-
cepted throughout the United States.

A student in the professional teacher
education program observes and works in
a variety of school settings. Students at all
levels tutor in local schools.

Students interested in teaching should
consult the director of teacher education
program during their first year and no
later than the spring semester of the
sophomore year.

19934995 Catalog

special Curricular Opportunities

Off-Campus
Opportunities

Dud-Degree
Programs vuith Georgb.
Institute of Technology

A student may combine three years of
liberal arts studies at Agnes Scott with two
years of specialized work at Georgia Insti-
tute of Technology in a variety of engi-
neering fields, information and computer
science, industrial management, manage-
ment science, or biotechnology.

Upon completion of this five-year
liberal arts/professional program, the stu-
dent will receive the bachelor of arts de-
gree from Agnes Scott and a bachelor of
science degree from Georgia Institute of
Technology. With advanced planning,
outstanding students will be able to com-
plete a master's degree at Georgia Institute
of Technology with a minimum of addi-
tional time.

Students interested in the 3 + 2
programs should consult the Agnes Scott
College dual-degree coordinator as early as
possible, preferably during their first year.
The student must select a major and plan
a program which will satisfy all Specific
and Distributional Standards for the
Agnes Scott degree by the end of the jun-
ior year; and, if the student should elect to
remain at Agnes Scott for the senior year,
all requirements for an Agnes Scott
departmental major.

Admission to the program at Georgia
Institute of Technology is based on
completion of the above requirements and
on the recommendation of the dual-
degree coordinator at Agnes Scott.

Dud-Degree Program in
Art and Architecture with
Washington University

A student may combine three years of
liberal arts studies at Agnes Scott with
four years of specialized work in architec-
ture at Washington University (St.
Louis) for a combined undergraduate/
graduate program.

Upon completion of the three years at
Agnes Scott and the first year of archi-
tecture, the student receives the bachelor
of arts degree from Agnes Scott. She
then continues in the graduate program
in architecture at Washington University
for three years to receive a master's de-
gree in architecture.

By taking advantage of this coopera-
tive program, the student can complete
both degrees in seven years.

Students interested in this program
should consult the chair of the
Department of Art as early as possible,
preferably in the first year.

Admission to the program at Wash-
ington University is based on completion
of certain requirements and on the rec-
ommendation of the dual-degree coordi-
nator for the program.

Exchange Program
WithMHk College

Agnes Scott College and Mills Col-
lege, in the San Francisco Bay area (Oak-
land, California), have an exchange
agreement enabling students enrolled at
each college to spend a semester or year
at the other college.

Participants remain enrolled in their
home college and pay all fees to their
home college. A student who participates
in the exchange may not transfer to the
other college upon completion of the

Agnes Scott College

special Curriciilar Opportunities

exchange. Permission to participate in
this program is given by the dean of the
college. Classes taken with pass/fail or
satisfactory/unsatisfactory grades will not
transfer.

Students interested in attending Mills
College for a semester or a year should
consult the assistant dean of the college
and the director of financial aid.

French and German
Exchange Progfoms

Agnes Scott has special exchange
agreements with the Universite
Catholique de L'Ouest in Angers, France,
and with the Johannes Gutenberg
Universitat Mainz in Germersheim, Ger-
many. Students can spend a semester or a
year at either university while remaining
enrolled as an Agnes Scott student. Par-
ticipants pay tuition and fees to Agnes
Scott, but are responsible for their travel,
room and board. Grades earned through
the exchange are recorded on the perma-
nent record but are not computed into the
Agnes Scott grade point average. Informa-
tion on language prerequisites for these
programs can be obtained from the French
and German departments.

A student interested in one of these
exchange programs should obtain a copy
of "Guidelines for Study Abroad" from the
assistant dean of the college at least nine
months prior to her participation. The
assistant dean of the college approves each
student's participation in these programs.

Participation Throu^
Other Institutions

Students may choose to participate in a
program sponsored by another American
college or university or by enrolling
directly in a foreign institution.

Grades earned in courses are recorded

on the permanent record but are not
computed into the Agnes Scott grade
point average. All fees are paid to the host
institution.

A student interested in participating in
a program through another institution
should obtain a copy of "Guidelines for
Study Abroad" from and consult with the
assistant dean of the college at least nine
months before her participation.

PvihUc Leadership
Education Network
(PLEN)

Agnes Scott College is a member of
PLEN, a consortium of women's colleges
designed to prepare women for public
leadership roles. Students have opportuni-
ties to study the process of public policy
with women leaders in Washington, D.C.
and abroad. Programs range from two-day
mentor sessions to seminars of several
days' length to the PLEN Public Policy
Semester.

Students interested in participating in
the PLEN program may contact the dean
of students or the assistant dean of the
college.

Students interested in receiving aca-
demic credit for participation in the PLEN
program must contact the assistant dean of
the college.

ROTC

Agnes Scott students may participate
in the Air Force or Navy Reserve Officers
Training Corps at Georgia Institute of
Technology. A student who completes one
of these programs qualifies as a commis-
sioned officer and will be ordered to active
duty in the United States Air Force, the
United States Navy, or the United States
Marine Corps. Courses in ROTC

19954995 Catalog

special Curricular Opportunities

programs are taken under the cross-
registration program of The University
Center in Georgia. Interested students
should consult the assistant dean of the
college.

The Renaissance
Scholars Program
Of The University
Center in Georgia

The Renaissance Scholars Program is
for superior undergraduate students who
have a traditional major and wish to in-
corporate a substantial amount of work in
another discipline distinct from their
major. They will spend at least one semes-
ter in residence at another University
Center Campus under the guidance of a
Host Campus Tutor. Students are admit-
ted in the sophomore year to the program

by the recommendation of the College
and approval by the Renaissance Scholars
Program Steering Committee and the
Advisory Board.

Students interested in this program
should contact the assistant dean of the
college during her first year.

Study Abroad

In a world that is increasingly interde-
pendent, "global awareness" is no longer a
luxury — it should be a fundamental com-
ponent of any liberal arts education.
Through Agnes Scott's Global Awareness
Program, students develop a better under-
standing of their own cultural values as
well as an appreciation for the physical
and cultural diversity of our world.

The Global Awareness Program has as
its foremost goal enabling virtually every
Agnes Scott student to live and study in

Numerom ASC programs offer students a chance to experience their careers before graduation.
In her extemship, Ashley Barnes worked with special children in a psycho-education center.

Agnes Scott College

special Cunicular Opportunities

another culture as part of her college edu-
cation, regardless of her academic interests
or financial circumstances. Agnes Scott
provides opportunities for short-term study
abroad experiences through its Global
Awareness Program (see Global Aware-
ness, page 91).

Students may also participate in more
extensive study abroad experiences. These
include participation in the French or
German exchange program, or by enroll-
ing in a program offered by another
institution for a summer, a semester or a
full year.

The assistant dean of the college
advises Agnes Scott students on study
abroad opportunities. Students who are
considering any of the study abroad
opportunities should consult the assistant
dean of the college for details on how
to apply.

The University
Center in Georgui

The member institutions are:
Agnes Scott College
Atlanta College of Art
Clark Atlanta University
Institute of Paper Science and

Technology
Interdenominational Theological

Center
Morehouse College
Morehouse School of Medicine
Morris Brown College
Spelman College
Columbia Theological Seminary
Emory University
Georgia Institute of Technology
Georgia State University
Kennesaw State College
Mercer University Atlanta
Oglethorpe University
Southern College of Technology
University of Georgia

Washington
Semester

Agnes Scott is a member of the Wash-
ington Semester Program.

Students spend either the fall or spring
semester at American University in Wash-
ington, D.C. There are five offerings in
the program: American government, for-
eign policy, economic policy, justice, and
journalism. Each of these programs con-
sists of a seminar, an internship, and a
research project. Students may attend
during either their junior or senior year.

Deadlines for fall and spring semester
attendance are early April and early
November. Requests must be approved by
the dean of the college.

A student who participates in the
Washington Semester program at Ameri-
can University pays American University
tuition to Agnes Scott College during her
semester in the program. (Conversely,
when in residence at Agnes Scott College,
a student pays the Agnes Scott College
tuition and fees.) She is responsible for her
own room and board while in Washing-
ton. Limited scholarship money is avail-
able from American University; students
are urged to apply early for consideration.
Interested students may obtain informa-
tion and applications from the assistant
dean of the college.

1 993- J 995 Catalog

-H

■^^%'

Preparation for
Graduate Study

Graduate Degrees
In Arts and Sciences

A student interested in graduate study
in arts or sciences should consult first with
the chair of her major department.
Information on the Graduate Record
Examination (GRE) may be obtained in
the Resource Center in Buttrick Hall.

Medicine

The College encourages students inter-
ested in a career in medicine, dentistry, or
veterinary medicine to pursue the major of
their choice. Medical schools are very

Microbiobgy professor Sandra Bowden
(left) and student Robin Snuttjer look over
slides in class. ASC programs offer students a
solid foundation for post-graduate studies .

much interested in liberal arts graduates
who know more about life than just the
chemistry and biology that go into it.
Agnes Scott students have gone to medi-
cal school having majored in classics, art,
and other subjects.

The Natural Sciences and Health
Professions Coordinating Group, advisory
to the assistant dean of the college, coun-
sels students on academic programs, prepa-
ration for professional school, and ways to
enhance acceptability into pre-health pro-
grams. The group writes letters of evalua-
tion to each school to which a student
applies. Students have the opportunity to
meet with faculty and deans of medical
colleges as well as medical students who
are Agnes Scott alumnae.

The most critical step toward admis-
sion, other than grades (quality-point ratio
and grades in required science courses), is
the Medical College Admission Test

Master of Arts in

Teaching Secondary English (MAT)

Agnes Scott recently began its first
graduate program, the Master of Arts in
Teaching Secondary English. The
program, which combines instruction
in English and Education, is for indi-
viduals who would like to be certified as
teachers of English on the secondary
level.

Special features of the MAT include
an emphasis on gender equity, a writing
workshop which focuses on improving
and teaching writing, and two semes-
ters of supervised internship.

Students interested in the MAT
program should contact the associate
dean of the college.

1993-1995 Catalog

Preparation for Graduate Study

(MCAT) or its equivalent (DCAT for
dentistry, VCAT for veterinary medicine).
This test should be taken during the spring
of the junior year (except for the VCAT)
and may be repeated during the fall of
senior year to improve performance.

Most medical, dental, and veterinary
colleges require a full-year course with
laboratory in biology, physics, inorganic
(general) chemistry, and organic chemis-
try. Some schools require slightly less,
some more (e.g., calculus). These courses
should be in progress or completed by the
spring of the junior year. It is nearly impos-
sible to do well on the MCAT if a student
has not taken these courses. Other courses
may assist a student's performance on the
test but are not required for admission.
Information about these will be provided
during the first year.

A student can make many different
course choices. If she is not majoring in
chemistry or physics, she will most likely
defer physics until the junior year. (The
physics course at Agnes Scott has calculus
as a prerequisite.) A student who majors
in chemistry or biology should take intro-
ductory courses in that department during
the first year.

One possible program is:

First year: Biology 100,105
Sophomore year: Chemistry 101,

lOlL, 102, 102L
Junior year: Chemistry 201, 202,

202L; Physics 110, 111
Another possible program is:

First year: Chemistry 101, lOlL, 102,
102L

Sophomore year: Chemistry 201, 202,
202L; Biology 100, 105

Junior year: Physics 110, 111

Those possibilities apply to any major.
Some students may take biology and
chemistry during the first year if they have
good backgrounds in both.

Students are responsible for knowing
the admission requirements of the profes-
sional schools to which they apply. This
information is in Medical School Admis-
sion Requirements, on reserve in the
Resource Center in Buttrick Hall. A
student who plans to attend a state-sup-
ported medical college should apply to one
in her home state; out-of-state applicants
usually are not accepted. Privately sup-
ported institutions typically accept many
out-of-state students. States with no den-
tal or veterinary colleges have agreements
with other states that have such facilities.

Students interested in medical careers
should register with the assistant dean of
the college when they enter the College.

Law

American law schools require no specific
courses or major, but students interested in
the legal profession must develop strong
analytical and communication skills.
Students should take maximum advantage
of the richness and variety of a liberal arts
curriculum. Those interested in law school
should take the Law School Admissions
Test (LSAT) in June of their junior year.

Agnes Scott College

Tuition and Fees,

1993']995

Student fees at Agnes Scott meet less
than half of the annual operating
costs. The difference between
student payments and College operating
expenses comes from general endowment
income and gifts and grants to the Col-
lege. Fees for full-time students for the
1993-94 academic year are:

Tuition $12,000.00

Room and board fee 5,000.00

Student activity fee 1 15.00

College events fee 20.00

TOTAL $17,135.00

Payment due dates for Tuition and Fees
are indicated below.

Resident Students

August 2 $100

Room Deposit

May3 $150

August 2 8,500

January 6 8,485

$17,135

Students will be billed by monthly state-
ment. A student's account will be credited
$50 for each semester that the account is
paid in full by the due date.

A student s financial aid package will
be considered when determining the
amounts due each semester.

Ail resident students pay a refundable
$100 room occupancy deposit each year.
This deposit is due when tuition, fees, and
room and board charges are paid. The
deposit is refundable at the end of the
academic year provided no room damage
has occurred and no other monies are due
to the College. Students who change
boarding status during the semester will be
charged or credited on a prorata basis for
the remainder of the semester.

All new students pay a nonrefundable
$35 application fee and a $150 enrollment
fee by May 3. This enrollment fee is non-
refundable after May 3. New students who
receive financial assistance from the
College are expected to pay the full
amount of the deposit by May 3, unless
otherwise instructed by the director of
financial aid.

Non-Resident Students

May 3 $150

August 2 6,000

January 6 5,985

$12,135

Returning full-time students pay a nonre-
fundable $150 deposit by April 15. This
deposit entitles the student to re-register
and to select a residence hall room for the
next year. A nonrefundable $150 continu-
ation fee is required of students who are on
an approved leave of absence.

Unclassified and Return to College

1993-1995 Catalog

Tuition and Fees

students who take less than a full aca-
demic load (12 semester hours) pay tuition
on a semester basis at a rate of $550 for the
first hour and $500 for each additional
hour up to five hours; $3,550 for six to
eight hours; and $5,050 for nine to 1 1
hours. Any additional monies due to the
College as a result of course changes dur-
ing the ten day drop/add period, are due at
the time of the change. The $115 student
activity fee and the $20 college events fee
are not included in these charges. The
student activity fee is due at the beginning
of the first semester of an academic session
in which the student is enrolled for at least
6 semester hours. The college events fee is
due at the beginning of the first semester
of an academic session in which a student
is enrolled, regardless of the number of
credit hours taken.

Special Fees

Graduation Fee

A nonrefundable graduation fee of
$150 to cover rental of cap, gown, and
hood, and the purchase of the diploma
is required of all students who expect
to graduate. This payment is due by
August 1 , prior to graduation.

Terms

A student may not register or attend
classes until accounts have been satisfacto-
rily paid in the Accounting Office. All
financial obligations to the College must
be met before a student can receive a di-
ploma, a transcript of record, or official
grades.

Withdrawal

Students who withdraw from the
College prior to the first class day will

receive a full refund of any payment made
towards tuition, room and board, and stu-
dent fees. No refunds will be made of the
$150 enrollment/registration deposit.

Except as noted*, students who with-
draw during the first 2 1 calender days of
the semester beginning with the first day
of classes, receive a refund of 25 percent of
the tuition and room and board charges
for that semester. The date of withdrawal
is the date the Registrar receives the offi-
cial withdrawal card. Students who cease
to attend after the twenty-first day of the
semester are not entitled to any refund.
Refunds will not be issued to students per-
sonally if the student has any outstanding
financial obligations with the college.

Monthly Statements
Of Account

Each student will receive a monthly
statement of account from the College if a
balance is due. Statements include but are
not limited to, tuition, room and board
charges, health center charges, parking
fines and library fines. Statements are due
and payable upon receipt, unless otherwise
stated for tuition, room and board fees.

DeUnqvient
Accounts

It is the College's stated policy to turn
over past due accounts to an outside col-
lection agency and to use the full extent of

* For first-time attendees of Agnes Scott College
who receive assistance under Title IV student aid
program, the College will refund a pro-rata amount
for the portion of the enrollment period for which
the student has been charged that remains as of the
last day of attendance by the student, up to the 60
percent point in the enrollment period.

Refunds will be creditied to the programs from
which they were derived. Students receiving finan-
cial aid in the form of Title IV federal aid and/or
Agnes Scott aid or loans, may not receive the
refund personally.

Agnes Scott College

Tuition and Fees

the law to collect delinquent accounts. T^ctctuhCyriC

Health
Insurance

There is no charge to resident students
for routine treatment in the Student
Health Center. International students
must carry a Student Accident and Sick-
ness Insurance Plan to help meet addi-
tional medical expenses for the academic
year. They must have this coverage before
they may enroll.

System

The College provides each room with a
telephone connection. The Agnes Scott
telecommunications department assigns a
long distance access code to each student.
Telephone charges are separate from the
student account and are billed and due
monthly. Payment can be made by check
to Agnes Scott College at the accounting
office located in Buttrick Hall. An out-
standing balance on the telephone
account is considered an outstanding
financial obligation to Agnes Scott
College, and could result in the loss of the
long distance access code.

1993A995 Catabg

Courses of Study

Guide to Symbols

f = fall semester, s = spring semester, S = summer, L = laboratory course, T = topics
course. Parentheses following the course number indicate that the course is cross-listed
as an offering of another department.

Art

Professor:

Terry McGehee
Associate Professor:

Donna Sadler
Assistant Professor:

Anne Beidler

The Department of Art consists of a fac-
ulty of practicing artists and art histori-
ans who believe in the primacy of the
visual arts in liberal education. The inherent
value of art and the manner in which it can
enrich and enliven the individual's experience
lie at the core of the art program.

The art major is a balanced program o(
study in theory, practice, and history. The art
major, with its strong foundation in two-
dimensional and three-dimensional art and
solid grounding in the chronological periods of
art history, offers a meaningful experience in
the visual arts in preparation for a productive
professional or academic career. Students may
go into graduate programs in studio art, art
history, art therapy, museum work, art restora-
tion, or arts administration. In addition to the
art major, students may avail themselves of
interdisciplinary majors in Art-Psychology,
Art History-History, Art History-English Lit-
erature, and Art History-Bible and Religion.
Students may also minor in either Art History
or Studio Art. A dual degree program in Art
and Architecture is offered with Washington
University in St. Louis.

The Dana Fine Arts building, designed by
the architect John Portman, incorporates
studio spaces, lecture halls, an auditorium, and
the Dalton Gallery. The latter is a large,

multiroom exhibition space that has hosted
shows of both historical and contemporary art
works. The gallery program incorporates at
least one student exhibition a year, which
offers the studio classes an excellent opportu-
nity to showcase their works. Not only does
the Dalton Gallery exhibit local artists and
thematic shows, but students also have access
to the rich cultural offerings in Atlanta; visits
to galleries, museums, and artist studios
complement the art major's course of study.

■ Requirements for theMajor

Courses required in Art History and

Theory: 102, 103,480

Two additional courses in Art History and

Theory

Courses required in Studio Art:

Foundation Studies: 161, 162, 240, 270

One of the following: 241, 242

Minimum of 9 semester hours in other 200,

300, 400 level Studio Art courses

Courses recommended for the major:

Philosophy 232

A minimum of 39 hours in Art is required

for the major.

■ Requirements for theMinor

Art History

102, 103, 480; four additional courses in art
history at the 200 and/or 300 level. The
program must have the approval of the
chair of the department.
Suggested courses beyond the minimum
requirement: 161; Philosophy 232

Studio Art

161, 162, 480; four additional courses in
studio art. The program must have the
approval of the chair of the department.
Suggested courses beyond the minimum

Agnes Scott College

Department of Art

requirement: 102, 103, 207, 208;
Philosophy 232

Art History and Theory

The Distributional Standard in fine arts will be
satisfied by any course in art history and theory.

1 02f. HISTORY OF ART I (3 )

Development of ethnographic and western
art from their beginnings in prehistory to
the close of the middle ages. Special em-
phasis is placed upon the varied functions
of art and its role as an index of cultural
values.

the economic, social, and political factors
that affected the Medieval artistic vision
are examined.
Offered in J 993-94 arui alternate years

203f. RENAISSANCE ART (3 )

Concentration on the apogee of painting,
sculpture, and architecture in Italy. Be-
tween c. 1300-1550, artists trace a visual
arc between the rediscovery of nature by
Giotto to the creation of works synony-
mous with "high culture" — such as the
Mona Lisa and the Sistine Ceiling. Ad-
dresses issues of style and iconography, as
well as the effect of patronage and gender
on the visual arts.

1 03s. HISTORY OF ART II (3 )

Delineation of major artistic periods from
the Renaissance through the Modem peri-
ods. Emphasis shifts from the concept of
the individual masterpiece in the fifteenth
century to the artist as courtier in the sev-
enteenth century to the various art move-
ments in the twentieth century.

200T. VISUAL TRADITIONS: ART,
CULTURE, AND CREATIVITY
(TOPIC TO BE ANNOUNCED) (3)

Exploration of what constitutes a lasting
work of art, and how the criteria vary in
evaluating various artistic traditions. Dif-
ferent methodologies and perspectives
applied to a changing corpus of works; the
latter may have as its focus different geo-
graphical, chronological or indigenous vi-
sual traditions.

May be repeated for credit if subject matter
changes

20 If. (CLASSICS 242) GREEK AND
ROMAN ART (3)

Survey of the architecture, sculpture, paint-
ing, and minor arts from the Bronze Age in
Greece (c. 3000 B.C.E.) through the flour-
ishing of the Roman Empire until c. 313
C.E.

202s. (BIBLE 202) MEDIEVAL ART (3)

Survey of the major monuments of archi-
tecture, painting, sculpture and manu-
scripts from the fourth century to the four-
teenth century. Focus on the accomplish-
ments of the artists and their patrons from
the ninth through the thirteenth century,

207f. NINETEENTH-CENTURY

ART (3)

Exploration of the architecture, sculpture,
and painting from the mid- 1760s to the
mid- 1880s. Primary emphasis on the trends
of Classicism, Realism, Impressionism and
Post Impressionism.

208s. TWENTIETH-CENTURY

ART (3)

Art and architecture created between 1886
and the present. Primary emphasis placed
on the pursuit of the avant-garde and the
rejection of traditional artistic values.
What constitutes a modem or post- mod-
em work of art? How do we characterize
the arts of the late twentieth century?

311s. (WOMEN'S STUDIES 311) THE
RISE OF THE WOMAN ARTIST (3)

Examination of the changing role of
women in the production and possession of
art. The perspectives of gender and differ-
ence used to define the shifting images of
women both as subjects and as creators.
The artistic patronage of women is exam-
ined as a force for social and artistic
change.

312s. THE AGE OF THE

CATHEDRALS (3)

Intensive study of the cathedrals and mon-
asteries of the twelfth and thirteenth cen-
turies. Emphasis placed on the theory and
construction practices of the Medieval
masons, the iconography of architecture,
and the meaning of the stained glass and
sculpture programs that embellish the

J993-]995Cato/og

Department of Art

churches of France, England, Spain,

and Italy.

Offered 1 994-95 and alternate years

410f,s. SPECIAL STUDY IN ART
HISTORY AND CRITICISM (2-4)

Special problems adjusted to the needs and
interests of the individual student. An in-
troduction to scholarly research.
Open to art majors only

480s. ISSUES IN ART SENIOR

SEMINAR (3)

Political, social, and aesthetic perspectives
related to current developments in the
visual arts. Readings, presentations, and
visits to galleries, museums, and artists'
studios provide a context for discussion.
Open to art majors , interdisciplinary majors in
Art-Psychology , Art History-Bible and Reli-
^on, Art History -English Literature, Art His-
tory-History, minors in Art History or Studio
Art, and others with the permission of the de-
partment chair

483f,s. (PSYCHOLOGY 483)

INTERDISCIPLINARY SEMINAR
IN ART AND PSYCHOLOGY ( 1 )

Special project to be designed by the stu-
dent in consultation with the student's
advisors in the departments of art and psy-
chology.

Must have the approval of both department
chairs

490f,s. INDEPENDENT STUDY (4-8)

Independent research in art history and
theory or in studio art under the supervi-
sion of a member of the department. Refer
to Independent Study, p. 48.
Open to senior art majors , senior interdiscipli-
nary majors in Art-Psychobgy , Art History-
Bible and Reli^on, Art History -English Litera-
ture, Art History -History , and minors in Art
History or Studio Art.

Studio Art

The Distributional Standard in Fine Arts may
be satisfied in studio art by taking 161. If a
student requests a portfolio review and subse-
quently receives a positive recommendation by
the studio faculty, the Distributional Standard

may be satisfied by taking 162, 240, or 270. (In
the case of portfolio review, the work must
indicate an accomplished portfolio that clearly
shows the student is beyond the level of 161.)
Refer to page 13 for AP credit.

All studio courses meet 6 hours per week
for 3 semester hours credit unless otherwise
indicated. Students are expected to provide
most of their supplies.

161. ART STRUCTURE I (3 )

Introductory drawing course to develop
visual skills as well as individual expression.
Experiments in a variety of drawing media
with subject matter that includes still-life,
life drawing, and contemporary methods
in drawing.

162s. ART STRUCTURE II (3)

Study of the design elements of form, line,
color, and texture in relation to problems
in composition, color theory, subject
matter, and space. Experiments in imagery
and media that may include xerographic,
photographic, and computer aided design
assemblages.

240. DRAWING AND

COMPOSITION (3)

Problems in representation with a focus on
life drawing and the human body. Experi-
mentation with drawing media and various
styles of drawing. Emphasis on personal
expression and thematic discovery.
Prerequisite: 161 or permission from
department chair

241f,s. PAINTING I (3)

Introductory course in painting. Basic
painting techniques and experiments in
color theory combined with a discussion of
conceptual approaches to painting.
Prerequisite: 161 and 162 or permission of
department chair

242f,s. PRINTMAKINGI (3)

Introduction to printmaking processes with
a focus on image content. Printing pro-
cesses may include monoprint, relief, inta-
glio, silkscreen, photographic processes in
printmaking, or book arts.
Prerequisite: 161 and either 162 or 240 or
permission of department chair

270. THREE-DIMENSIONAL

Agnes Scott College

Departments of Art/ Bible & Reli^on

DESIGN (3)

Series of spacial experiments in relief, col-
lage, and construction. Media include but
are not limited to clay, wire, wood, paper,
and plaster.
Prerequisite: 161
Not open to students who have taken 273

274. SCULPTURE I (3)

Introduction to selected sculptural pro-
cesses including a focus in one or more of
the following areas: ceramics, ceramic
sculpture, basic carving (wood or stone),
assemblage and construction, or basic
casting.

Prerequisite: 270
May be repeated if subject matter varies

34 lf,s. PAINTING II (3)

Advanced problems in painting related to
issues of imagery, content, scale, and tech-
nical means.
Prerequisite: 241

342f ,s. PRINTMAKING II (3 )

Problems in specific printing processes in-
cluding monoprint, relief, intaglio, silk-
screen, photographic processes in print-
making, or book arts. Focus on developing
individual expression and image content.
Prerequisite: 242
May be repeated if subject matter varies

360. STUDIO IN MIXED MEDIA (3 )

Contemporary approaches to art-making
which may include combining two and
three-dimensional media with a focus on
expanding the range of expression. Projects
could include installations, performance
pieces, collaborative works, or video. Em-
phasis centers on the development and
visual presentation of ideas.
Prerequisite: 241 or 242 or 274
Open to students who have taken 273

370. SCULPTURE II (3)

Advanced problems in specific sculptural
processes. Emphasis on personal expression
and thematic discovery.
Prerequisite: 274

460f,s. ADVANCED STUDIO (3)

Special problems in drawing, painting,
printmaking, photo processes, ceramics,
sculpture or other two and three-dimen-

sional media.

Open to art majors only

May be repeated if subject matter varies or

with permission of the department chair

Bible &
Religion

Professor:

John J. Carey, Chair
Assistant Professor:

Tina Pippin

The academic study of religion offers
students opportunity to explore some
of the most creative expressions of the
human spirit in its responses to "The Holy,"
"The Ultimate," or "God."

Courses are designed to cover the distinc-
tive beliefs and practices, sacred literatures,
and cultural expressions of the great religious
traditions of the world. Special emphasis in
the curriculum is placed on biblical literature,
as well as upon contemporary expressions of
religious thought.

■ Requirements for theMajor

Courses required in the discipline:

A minimum 30-hour major, with at least
1 2 hours on the 300 or 400 level in the
department, including 463
Six hours must be taken in each of the
following: Area 11 (Biblical Studies), Area
111 (Religious Thought and Social Con-
text), and Area IV (World Religions)
No more than three of the following
cross-listed courses may be applied to-
ward the minimum major in Bible and
Religion: Art 202; History 307; Sociology
315; Political Science 342; Music 208, 209;
Theatre: 311

A minimum of 30 hours in Bible and Religion
is required for the major.

■ Requirements for theMinor

One course at the 100 level and 15 addi-
tional hours, including at least one upper-

19934995 Catalog

Department of Bible & Reli^on

division Bible course. One cross-listed
course may be applied to the minor.

I. Introductory Studies

110f,s. APPROACHES TO BIBLICAL
LITERATURE (3)

History, culture, literature, and theology of

the Bible. Ways of reading the biblical

texts explored with an emphasis on relating

biblical studies to its broader context of the

humanities.

Not open to stvidents who have had

WOorlOl

1 20f . THE RELIGIOUS QUEST (3 )

Introduction to religion — its origins, place
in human life, cultural expressions. Consid-
eration of encounters with the "Holy,"
sacred action, mysticism.
Not open to students who have had 130

130s. WORLD RELIGIONS (3 )

Major religions of the world: Hinduism,

Buddhism, Confucianism, Taoism, Islam,

Shinto, Judaism, and Christianity, with an

emphasis on their origins, development,

sacred writings, and understanding of the

world.

Not open to students who have had 1 20

II. Biblical Studies

lOOf. HEBREW SCRIPTURES (3 )

Religious history and society of the people
of Ancient Israel as contained in their
sacred Scriptures.
Offered 1 994-95 and alternate years

101f,s. NEW TESTAMENT (3)

Literature of the New Testament and its
origins and development in the early Jesus
movement and early Christianity.

303f. WORLD OF ANCIENT

ISRAEL (3)

Culture and religion of Ancient Israel in
the context of the Ancient Near East. An
interdisciplinary dialogue employed in-
cluding studies in archaeology, religious
phenomenon, cultural anthropology, soci-
ology, literary criticism, and ethics.
Prerequisite: 100 or 110

Offered J 993-94 and alternate years

304f. WORLD OF EARLY AND

MEDIEVAL CHRISTIANITY (3)

Contribution of late Jewish, Hellenistic,
and Roman civilizations to the cultural
matrix in which Christianity was bom.
Prerequisite: 101 or 110
Offered 1 994-95 and alternate )iears

325s. TOPICS IN BIBLICAL

STUDIES (3)

Consideration of a topic or problem of cur-
rent interest in the field of Biblical Studies.
Prerequisite: One introductory course in
Bible (100, 101, or 110)
Offered 1 994-95 and alternate years

327s. LIFE AND LETTERS

OF PAUL (3)

The apostle Paul and his writings. Special
attention given to the social context of his
letters and the major theological and ethi-
cal themes, along with studies of his liter-
ary style (rhetoric).
Offered J 993-94 and alternate years

335s. JESUS OF NAZARETH IN

HISTORY AND FAITH (3 )

The quest for the historical Jesus, with an
analysis of sources and the form that this
inquiry took in the nineteenth and twenti-
eth centuries.
Prerequisite: 101 or 110
Offered 1 993-94 and alternate years

III. Religious Thought and
Social Context

202s. (ART 202) MEDIEVAL ART (3)

See Art 202 for description.

207f. RELIGION IN AMERICA (3 )

Religious developments in America. The
roles of specific groups, such as Protestants,
Catholics, Jews, Blacks, women. Discussion
of selected issues, such as church and state
relations, social responsibility, ecumenism,
revivalism, fundamentalism.
Offered J 993-94 and alternate years

224f. (WOMEN'S STUDIES 224)

WOMEN AND RELIGION (3)

The role of women in shaping religious

Agnes Scott College

Department of Bible & Reli^on

history from the ancient to the modem
period. Primary historical writings and
theological statements, as well as contem-
porary expressions in ritual, fiction and
non-fiction, film, art, music, dance, and
poetry.

311. (ANTHROPOLOGY 311)
(THEATRE 311) CULTURAL
PERSPECTIVES IN THEATRE (3 )

See Theatre 311 for description.

315s. (SOCIOLOGY 315) SOCIOLOGY
OF RELIGION (4)

See Sociology 315 for description,

331s. (WOMEN'S STUDIES 331)
FEMINIST ETHICS AND
SPIRITUALITY (3)

Exploration into the ethical and theologi-
cal bases of women's ways of knowing and
the broader religious conversation of white
feminists and women of color.

345s. (PHILOSOPHY 315)

PHILOSOPHY OF RELIGION (3 )

Examination from a Western philosophical
perspective of such questions as the mean-
ing of God, evil, suffering, religious experi-
ence, religious knowledge, and immortal-
ity.

Prerequisite: Any 100 level course in Bible
and Religion or one course in Philosophy
Offered 1 994-95 and alternate years

350f. (POLITICAL SCIENCE 342)
THE CHURCH IN LATIN
AMERICA (3)

See Political Science 342 for description.

355s. PROTESTANT FAITH AND
PRACTICE (3)

Origins of Protestantism in the Reforma-
tion and in subsequent reform movements.
Leading thinkers considered are Luther,
Calvin, Wesley, Kierkegaard,
Schleiermacher, and Hamack. Attention
given to the leadership of women in the
various streams of Protestantism.
Offered 1994-95 and alternate years

360s. CONTEMPORARY

THEOLOGY (3)

Leading thinkers and issues of the 20th
century. The impact of World War I,

World War II, Vatican II, and liberation

movements on religious thought is assessed.

Prerequisite: One course in Bible

and Religion

Offered 1 993-94 and alternate years

365f . CHRISTL\N ETHICS (3 )

The nature, methods, and basic issues of
Christian ethics, considering both matters
of personal conduct and social concern.
Special attention is given to feminist cri-
tiques of traditional Western approaches to
ethics.

Prerequisite: 110, 120, 130, or permission
of the instructor
Offered 1 994-95 and alternate years

370s. (HISTORY 307) THE

REFORMATION (3)

See History 307 for description.

IV. World Religions

221s. JEWISH FAITH AND

PRACTICE (3)

Basic beliefs and practices of Judaism, from
the Exodus from Egypt to the present. Spe-
cial attention given to Jewish Feast Days,
institutions, life cycle practices, and major
branches of the religion.

330f. TOPICS IN WORLD

RELIGIONS (3)

Seminar focusing on a special problem
within one of the world's religions. Topics
rotate between the religions of the Middle
East (Islam, Hinduism, and Judaism) and
the religions of the Far East (Buddhism,
Confucianism, Taoism, Shinto).
Prerequisite: 130 or permission of the
instructor
May be taken more than once

V. special Studies in
Religion

208f. (MUSIC 208) HISTORY OF
SACRED MUSIC (3)

See Music 208 for description.

209f. (MUSIC 209) HYMNOLOGY (3)

See Music 209 for description.

1993-1995 Catalog

Department of Biobgy

410f,s. SPECIAL STUDY (2-4)

Directed reading course supervised by a
member of the department.
Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor

463f. JUNIOR-SENIOR SEMINAR IN
RELIGION (3)

Examination of a variety of topics of

current interest in the study of religion.

The seminar attempts to yoke the theory

and practice of reUgion.

Topic for 1993-94: Inside Outsiders,

Outside Insiders

Required for majors .

May he taken more than once.

490f,s. INDEPENDENT STUDY

Independent research arranged under su-
pervision of a member of the department.
Results are presented in written form. Refer
to Independent Study, p. 48.

Biology

Professor:

Sandra T. Bowden
Associate Professors:

John F. Pilger, Chair

Harry Wistrand
Assistant Professors:

Karen J. Thompson

Patricia McGuire White, Assistant Dean of
the College
Instructor:

Frances G. Kennedy

The Agnes Scott biology program pro-
vides students with an integrated view
of the natural world from molecules to
ecosystems. It is designed to give the students a
sound background in the major disciplines of
biology and to teach her to use the skills of
scientific inquiry and communication. Major
programs include the study of the functional
organization of cells and tissues; lower and
higher plants and animals; microbial organ-
isms; patterns and mechanisms of heredity and
evolution; the physiology, biochemistry, and
molecular biology of cells and organisms; de-
velopment; behavior; taxonomy; and ecology.
Students who plan to major or minor in

biology should consult with a member of the
department early in their college careers to
insure normal progression. A student inter-
ested in both biology and psychology is invited
to consider a biology-psychology interdiscipli-
nary major. Dual-degree programs with Geor-
gia Institute of Technology are available in
biotechnology and other areas of engineering.
Students should consult with departmental
faculty for summer study and research
opportunities.

■ Requirements fortheMajor

Courses required in the discipline:

100, 102, 105 and 206 should be taken
before the end of the sophomore year
300, 306 or 312; 310 and 480
Courses required outside of the disci-
pline:

Chemistry 101, lOlL, 102, 102L, 201
One course in mathematics excluding 101,
104,115,150

Courses recommended for the major:
Chemistry 202, 202L, 300
Physics 110, 111
Mathematicsll5, 118, 119, 150
French or German

TTie biology major requires a minimum of
30 semester hours of biology credit.

■ Requirements for theMirior

100, 102, 105 and two additional courses in
the discipline for which prerequisites have
been met.

The biology minor requires a minimum of
19 semester hours.

100f,s. INTRODUCTION TO

BIOLOGY (4)

Major concepts of modem biology; struc-
ture and function of biological molecules,
cell structure and functions, energy trans-
actions in living systems, control systems,
inheritance in eukaryotes and in pro-
karyotes, development of organisms, evolu-
tion, ecology, the scientific method, proce-
dures of scientific investigation.
3 LEG, 1 LAB

Biology 100 is prerequisite to all other courses
in biology .

102f. BOTANY (4)

Functional morphology of vascular plants.

Agnes Scott College

Department of Biobgy

gre^wth regulation, ecology, and evolution.

A survey of major divisions of plants

and fungi.

3 LEG, 1 LAB

Prerequisite: 100 ^ - -

105s. ZOOLOGY (4)

Morphology and physiology of animals

with a brief survey of the major animal

phyla.

3 LEG, 1 LAB

Prerequisite: 100

200s. ANIMAL BEHAVIOR (4)

Development, ecology, and causation of
animal behavior. Emphasis on comparative
analysis of mechanisms underlying the pro-
duction of species-specific behavior.
3 LEG, 1 LAB
Prerequisite: 105
Offered J 993-94 and alternate years

201s. ECOLOGY AND FIELD

BIOLOGY (4)

Interrelationship between organisms and
their environments at the population,
community, and ecosystem levels. Labora-
tory includes field investigations of natural
systems and ecological research techniques.
Prerequisite: 102 and 105
Offered J 993-94 and alternate years

202s. PLANT TAXONOMY (3 )

Principles of plant identification, classifica-
tion, and nomenclature, with special em-
phasis on vascular plants native to this
region. Laboratory includes observing
plants in their natural environments and
techniques for collecting, identifying, and
preserving specimens.

2 LEG, 1 LAB
Prerequisite: 102

Offered 1 994-95 and alternate years

204s. VERTEBRATE BIOLOGY (4)

Gross anatomy of vertebrates, along with
microscopic structure of animal tissues.
Includes studies of selected animals and a
project using histological techniques.

3 LEG, 1 LAB
Prerequisite: 105

206s. CELL BIOLOGY (4)

Introduction to cellular and subcellular
structure and function.

3 LEG, 1 LAB

Prerequisite: 2 semesters of 100-level biol-
ogy courses; Chemistry 101, 101 L

207s. INVERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY (4)

Comparative anatomy, functional mor-
phology, and systematics of major and mi-
nor invertebrate phyla to achieve an un-
derstanding of unity, diversity, and evolu-
tion in these animals. Laboratory includes
some fieldwork.
3 LEG, 1 LAB
Prerequisite: 105
Offered 1 994-95 and alternate years

2 14S. DESERT BIOLOGY (4)

Adaptations of plants and animals to hot,

arid environments of the western United

States. A three-week field trip to the

desert; dates to be determined.

Limited to eight students

Prerequisite: 100 and permission of the

instructor

Offered summer 1 993 and alternate years

2 1 5 S. MARINE BIOLOGY (4)

Ecological approach to the study of marine
organisms as exemplified in temperate,
semi-tropical, and tropical environments.
A three-week field course; dates to be de-
termined.

Limited to eight students
Prerequisite: 105 and permission of the
instructor
Offered summer 1 994 and alternate years

300f. GENETICS (4)

Structure, function, regulation, and trans-
mission of hereditary materials in viruses,
prokaryotes, and eukaryotes.
3 LEG, 1 LAB
Prerequisite: 206

301s. MICROBIOLOGY (4)

Biology of prokaryotic and eukaryotic mi-
croorganisms and viruses with emphasis on
bacteria and viruses. Morphology, physiol-
ogy, biochemistry, genetics, taxonomy, and
immunology.
3 LEG, 1 LAB
Prerequisite: 102, 206; Chemistry 102, 102L

302s. EVOLUTION AND

POPULATION BIOLOGY (3)

Processes and patterns of adaptation and

J993-/995Catabg

Department ofBiobgy

fonnation of species with emphasis on ge-
netic mechanisms. Introduction to popula-
tion genetics and population ecology as
they relate to evolutionary biology.
3 LEG

Prerequisite: 300 or two courses at the 200
level or above

305f. ANIMAL PHYSIOLOGY (4)

Comparative study of respiration, circula-
tion, sensory and neural integration, loco-
motion, metabolism, and temperature and
water regulation in animals. Balanced em-
phasis on lower vertebrates, invertebrates,
and human systems. Selected topics studied
in depth in the laboratory.
3 LEG, 1 LAB
Prerequisite: 105, 206

306f. DEVELOPMENTAL

BIOLOGY (4)

Morphological patterns and the develop-
mental mechanisms in the ontogeny of
animals. Emphasis on classical vertebrate
and invertebrate models.
3 LEG, 1 LAB
Prerequisite: 105, 206

310s. CELLULAR PHYSIOLOGY AND
BIOCHEMISTRY (4)

Biochemistry, intermediary metabolism,

photosynthesis, membranes and transport

phenomena, macromolecular synthesis,

metabolic regulation, and environmental

influences.

3 LEG, 1 LAB

Prerequisite: 102, 105, 206; Chemistry

201

312f. ADVANCED PLANT

BIOLOGY (4)

Major groups of plants and fungi with em-
phasis on plant development, physiology,
and evolutionary relationships.
3 LEG, 1 LAB
Prerequisite: 102, 206

3 16s. MOLECULAR GENETICS (4)

Gene structure, function, and regulation at
the molecular level in viruses, prokaryotes,
and eukaryotes; introduction to genetic
engineering and recombinant DNA tech-
niques. Emphasis on recently published
literature.

3 LEG, 1 LAB

Prerequisite: 300; Chemistry 201

317Ls. MOLECULAR GENETICS
LABORATORY (1)

Molecular genetics and recombinant DNA

techniques for students who have not had

Biology 316.

Prerequisite: Chemistry 300 or permission

of the department

Not open to students who have had 3 J 6

410f,s. SPECL\L STUDY (2-4)

Intensive study of an area of biology by a
senior major under the supervision of a
faculty member. Designed to support the
individual's major interests. A paper or oral
presentation required.
Prerequisite: permission of the department

480f . SENIOR SEMINAR ( 1 )

Specialized subject areas of biology not
normally in the curriculum. Topics are
chosen by the biology faculty. Each student
reviews current literature, prepares a writ-
ten paper and orally presents a seminar on
an aspect of the selected topic.
Open to senior biology majors only

481s. (PSYCHOLOGY 481)
INTERDISCIPLINARY
SEMINAR IN ANIMAL/HUMAN
BEHAVIOR (1)

Open to students taking the interdiscipli-
nary major in biology-psychology or to
senior majors in biology or in psychology
with adequate preparation in both disci-
plines, as determined by consultation with
both department chairs.

490f,s. INDEPENDENT STUDY (4-8)

Independent laboratory and/or field re-
search with supervision by a member of the
department. Thesis is required and a semi-
nar presentation is recommended. Recom-
mendation by the department is necessary.
Departmental recommendation is based on
the student's choice of a suitable research
project, potential for biological research,
course work background, and evidence of
motivation for undertaking the laboratory
and non- laboratory aspects of research.
Refer to Independent Study, p. 48.

Agnes Scott College

Business Preparator Program/Department of Chemistry

Business

Preparatory

Program

Advisor:

Professor Edmund J. Sheehey, Chair,
Department of Economics

ith the rapid growth of and turnover
'in the information that is important to
business, it is now commonplace to
hear corporate leaders claim that the best
training for business is a liberal arts education.
Mindful that many of our students are prepar-
ing for a career in business, the College has
selected from its curriculum a set of courses
which stress the analytical and communica-
tions skills relied on in business and which
provide a foundation in areas of study basic to
business.

The program does not alter requirements
for graduation nor constitute a major. The fact
that a student has taken the program is indi-
cated on her transcript. In order to complete
the program students must take at least eight
of the courses listed below:
Required Courses:

Economics: 104, 105 and 211
Mathematics: 101 or 117 or 118 (If stu-
dents take 101, they may also count toward
the program either 1 17 or 1 18, but not
both)

At least one of the following: English 210;
Psychology 316; Philosophy 103; Political
Science 102;TTieatre 117
Elective courses:

Economics: 212, 213, 217, 303, 309,

310,338

Mathematics:115, 119, 150,328

Chemistry

Professor:

Linda C. Hodges
Associate Professors:

Thomas L. Maier

T. Leon Venable
Assistant Professor:

Vincent C. Anigbogu

The academic program of the Depart-
ment of Chemistry, approved by the
American Chemical Society (ACS),
is designed to give students a thorough
grounding in the principles and applications
o{ modem chemistry, as well as extensive
practical experience with research-quality
instruments. The curriculum is structured to
serve chemistry majors, majors in chemistry-
related disciplines, and nonscience majors.
Students may design individual major pro-
grams to prepare for a variety of career goals,
such as advanced study in chemistry, bio-
chemistry, medical sciences, molecular biol-
ogy, materials science, chemical physics; tech-
nical and nontechnical areas of the chemical
industry; scientific writing or editing; chemi-
cal education; and computer applications in
chemistry.

After completing a chemistry major, the
student should have the basic background
required to be part of an industrial or aca-
demic scientific team devoted to research or
applied chemistry. The required courses pro-
vide fundamental knowledge of:

a) theories which describe matter and chemi-
cal reactions ranging from elemental to
biological systems;

b) techniques and instruments ordinarily
used to investigate atoms, molecules, and
chemical reactions;

c) modem methods for acquiring, analyzing,
and retrieving data.

Students considering a major in chemistry
should consult a member of the department as
soon as possible, even if their lower division
advisors are not in chemistry. While there is
considerable flexibility in course selection,
particularly at the upper level, the sequence of
courses and prerequisites requires careful plan-
ning of both lower level and upper level
courses.

1993- J 995 Catalog

Department of Chemistry

■ Requirements for theMajor

Courses required in the discipline:

lOl'lOlL, 102'102L, or equivalent, prefer-
ably in first year year;
201, 202-202L, 301, 302, 312, 342, 343 in
sequence

The non-ACS approved major requires an
additional 9 hours beyond the core listed
above. The major approved by the ACS
requires an additional 13 hours beyond the
core. In both cases these hours may be in
advanced chemistry, biology, mathematics,
and/or physics, as approved by the depart-
ment.

For those students electing the ACS
approved program in Chemistry with a
Biochemistry emphasis, courses in addi-
tion to the 30-hour core must include:
Chemistry 300, 300L, 400; 410 (Bio-inor-
ganic) or 490; Biology 316 or 317.
Course selections at the advanced level
should reflect the student's particular inter-
ests, abilities, and career goals.
All three of the major options described
above also require courses in mathematics
(8 hours) and physics (10 hours) in addi-
tion to the 30-hour core of chemistry
courses.

Courses required outside of the
discipline:

Mathematics 118, 119
Physics 110 and 1 1 1 , to be completed prior
to Chemistry 301
Physics 242, 243

Courses recommended for the major:
Additional mathematics, advanced biology
or advanced physics

Reading knowledge of a modem language,
preferably German

lOlf. FUNDAMENTAL CONCEPTS
OF MATTER AND REACTIONS (3)

Introduction to structure of matter, ranging
from atoms to biochemical macromol-
ecules; and the basis of chemical reactions,
including types of reactions common to
inorganic, organic, and biochemical
systems.
Corequisite: lOlL

lOlLf. BASIC LABORATORY
METHODS

Experimental methods in basic
scientific measurement, elementary

(1)

synthesis, and analysis.
Corequisite: 101

102s. PERIODICITY AND CHEMICAL
REACTIONS (3)

Chemistry of the elements and their com-
pounds, with emphasis on periodic rela-
tionships. A more detailed examination of
the quantitative aspects of chemical reac-
tions than seen in Chemistry 101.
Prerequisite: 101
Corequisite: 102L

102Ls. BASIC LABORATORY

METHODS II (1)

Experimental methods to analyze elemen-
tary inorganic reactions both quantitatively
and qualitatively.
Corequisite: 102

200. TUTORIAL (1-3)

Individualized study designed primarily to
accommodate transfer, advanced place-
ment students, or students from nontradi-
tional programs. Topics and credit are
determined by a student's needs. Combina-
tion of lecture and laboratory hours varies
with area of study.

20 1 f . ORGANIC CHEMISTRY I (4)

Systematic study of the chemistry of ali-
phatic and aromatic hydrocarbon com-
pounds, including their derivatives, such as
alkyl halides and alcohols. Stereochemis-
try, electronic effects, resonance theory,
acid-base properties, and reaction
mechanisms emphasized. The laboratory
introduces students to fundamental experi-
mental techniques of organic chemistry.
Aspects of chromatography and spectros-
copy are explored.
3 LEC, 1 LAB

Prerequisite: 101, 102, or the equivalent
background as determined by results of the
departmental placement/exemption exami-
nation and faculty-student conference

202s. ORGANIC CHEMISTRY II (3 )

Continuation of Organic Chemistry 1. The
chemistry of carbonyl compounds and
amines is examined in detail. The mecha-
nisms of important organic reactions and
the applications of these reactions to or-
ganic synthesis are studied.
Prerequisite: 201

Agnes Scott College

Department of Chemistry

202Ls. ORGANIC CHEMISTRY II
LABORATORY (2)

Qualitative organic analysis and multistep
organic synthesis.
Corequisite: 202

2 lOf. BIO-INORGANIC

CHEMISTRY (3)

Dmg design/therapy and toxicity described
through molecular structure and chemical
activity; elements both essential and toxic
to humans viewed in terms of overall
chemical reactivity; nerve impulses regu-
lated by alkali metals; transition metals as
catalysts.
Prerequisite: Chemistry 102, 102L

300f. BIOCHEMISTRY I (3 )

Fundamentals of biochemistry. Study of
biomolecules, catabolic and hiosynthetic
pathways, and storage, transmission, and
expression of genetic information.
Prerequisite: 202

300Ls. BIOCHEMISTRY

LABORATORY I (1)

Fundamental biochemical laboratory
methods including the study of acid-base
properties o( amino acids and proteins,
spectropho tome trie characterization, chro-
matographic separation techniques and
electrophoresis.
Prerequisite: 202, 202L

301f. PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY I (3)

Quantum theory, as applied in chemistry,
including structure and spectral relation-
ships. General principles of statistical
mechanics.

Prerequisites: 202, 202L; Mathematics
118, 119; Physics 110, 111
Mathematics 205 recomrnended

302s. PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY II (3 )

General principles of thermodynamics and
equilibria. A study of gas phase kinetics,
solution dynamics, and catalysis.
Prerequisite: 301

3 1 2s. CHEMICAL ANALYSIS (3 )

Advanced study of the instrumental and
theoretical approaches for complete analysis.
Prerequisite: 301; Physics 242
Corequisite: 302
Prerequisite or corequisite: Physics 243

342f . PHYSICOCHEMICAL METHODS
OF EXPERIMENTATION I ( 2 )

Comprehensive course in essential meth-
ods for acquisition and interpretation of
physical/analytical data. Emphasis on spec-
troscopy, fundamental chemometrics, and
molecular modeling.

Prerequisite or corequisite: 301; Physics
242

343s. PHYSICOCHEMICAL METHODS
OF EXPERIMENTATION II ( 2 )

Continuation of Chemistry 342. The sec-
ond semester problems include measure-
ment of systems at equilibrium (acid-base
redox processes), kinetics, and separations.
Prerequisite or corequisite: 342, 302, 312;
Physics 243

400s. BIOCHEMISTRY II (3)

Fundamentals ot biophysical and bio-ana-
lytical chemistry. Advanced experimental
techniques for characterization of macro-
molecules, separation methods, enzyme
kinetics, radiochemical techniques. Com-
bination of lecture and laboratory.
Prerequisite: 300, 300L, 302, 312, 342, 343

410f,s. SPECIAL STUDY (2-4)

Tutorial in an advanced topic of special
interest to a chemistry major. The nature
of the topic determines inclusion of a labo-
ratory component. Each spring the depart-
ment lists topics available for study the
following year.
Prerequisite: varies according to topic

43 If. MODERN INORGANIC

CHEMISTRY (3)

Current theories of bonding and structure,
stereochemistry, and reaction mechanisms
involving both main group elements and
transition metals. Selected topics in orga-
nometallic and bio-inorganic chemistry.
Prerequisite: 302

441f. SYNTHETIC METHODS AND
CHARACTERIZATION (4)

Synthesis of inorganic and organometallic
compounds. Inert atmosphere and vacuum-
line techniques. Nonaqueous chemistry.
Spectroscopic characterization of com-
pounds. Combination of lecture and labo-
ratory.
Prerequisite: 342, 343 (continued, p. 72)

19934995 Catalog

Department of Classical Languages & Literature

Prerequisite or corequisite: 43 1

490f,s. INDEPENDENT STUDY (4-8)
Independent research conducted under the
supervision of a member of the department.
Thesis and seminar presentation of results
are required. Departmental recommenda-
tion for admission to the program is neces-
sary and depends on choice of a suitable
research problem, demonstrated potential
for chemical research, and student motiva-
tion for pursuing the laboratory and non-
laboratory aspects of the project. Refer to
Independent Study, p. 48.
Prerequisite: 302, 312, 342, 343
Corequisite: appropriate advanced courses,
as approved by the department

Classical
Languages &
Literatures

Associate Professors:

Gail Cabisius

Sally MacEwen, Chair

The student of Classics analyzes the
literary and artistic works of ancient
Greece and Rome, reconstructs the
values and histories of those distant societies,
and examines their philosophical thought. In
addition, she comes to understand the intel-
lectual roots of our culture and many of our
traditions and institutions. The multidiscipli-
nary approach of classical study helps the stu-
dent develop skills in language, in analysis of
social and historical problems, and in the ap-
preciation of art and literature. These skills
can be applied to many careers and professions
after graduation.

The Department of Classical Languages
and Literatures offers courses in Greek and
Latin languages and in classical civilization
from texts in English. The department offers a
choice of majors in Greek, Latin, Classical
Languages and Literatures, or Classical Stud-
ies. Majors in Greek, Latin, and Classical Lan-
guages and Literatures specialize in the study of

the ancient languages and literatures. Majors
in Classical Studies combine the study of an
ancient language with courses in classical civi-
lization. Students who plan to do graduate
study in Classics should choose the major in
Classical Languages and Literatures, and every
student considering a major in Classics is urged
to take Greek or Latin in her first year.

■ Requirements for theMajor

Greek

At least 24 hours in Greek, including

Greek 360

Classics 221

At least 3 additional hours in Greek or

Classics

Latin

At least 24 hours in Latin, including Latin

360

Classics 222

At least 3 additional hours in Latin or

Classics

Classical Languages & Literature

At least 1 2 hours in Greek and 1 2 hours in

Latin, of which at least 12 hours must be at

the 300 level

Classics 221 and 222

Classical Studies

Two 300-level language courses, both in

the same language (to be taken at Agnes

Scott)

Other courses either in language or in

translation

■ Requirements f or' theMinor

Classical Studies

Completion of the second year of an an-
cient language, including 6 hours at Agnes
Scott ,

Four courses in translation
Greek or Latin
Fifteen hours in the language
Classics 221 (Greek) or Classics 222
(Latin)

Greek

103f. ELEMENTARY (4)

The essentials of grammar.

104s. ELEMENTARY (4)

Readings from Greek authors, especially

Agnes Scott College

Department of Classical Languages & Literature

New Testament writers.
Prerequisite: 103 or 2 entrance credits
Literature courses in Greek are offered at the
200 and 300 level. Students in both levels
meet at the same time, but advanced students
are required to do more vuork. Exceptions to
the prerequisites to these courses may be
granted by the department.

2 11/31 If. PLATO (3)

Exemplary pieces of Plato's writing reflect-
. ing the teachings of Socrates and the phi-
losophy of Plato.

Prerequisite for 211: Greek 104 or 3 en-
trance credits; For 311:6 hours of 200-
level Greek
Offered 1 995-96 and every third year

2 12/3 12s. DRAMA (3)

One or two plays, including discussion of
myth, metrics, and production.
Prerequisite for 212: Greek 104 or 3
entrance credits; For 312:6 hours of 200-
level Greek
Offered J 995-96 and every third year

2 15/3 15f. HOMER (3)

Iliad or Odyssey. The first heroes of West-
em literature in the first pieces of ancient
writing.

Prerequisite for 215: Greek 104 or 3
entrance credits; For 315:6 hours of
200-level Greek
Offered 1 993-94 and every third year

2 16/3 16s. HERODOTUS (3)

"The Father of History," his methods, style,
and favorite themes.
Prerequisite for 216: Greek 104 or 3
entrance credits; For 3 16: 6 hours of 200-
level Greek
Offered 1993-94 and every third year

217/317f. HESIOD AND THE LYRIC
POETS (3)

Selected poetry representing the vigor and
creativity of the Archaic Age of Greece.
Prerequisite for 217: Greek 101, 104 or 3
entrance credits; For 317: 6 hours of 200-
level Greek
Offered J 994-95 and every third year

2 18/3 18s. COMEDY (3)

One or two plays of Aristophanes with

consideration of the political climate of
his time.

Prerequisite for 218: Greek 104 or 3
entrance credits; For 3 18: 6 hours of 200-
level Greek
Offered 1 994-95 and every third year

350f,s. ADVANCED READING

COURSES (1-5)

Selections from Greek prose and poetry
not covered in other courses, chosen to
meet the needs of individual students.
Prerequisite: 6 hours of 200-level Greek
and permission of the department

360f,s. GREEK PROSE

COMPOSITION (2)

Prerequisite: 6 hours of 200-level Greek
and permission of the department

490f,s. INDEPENDENT STUDY (4-8)
Independent research arranged under the
supervision of a member of the department.
Refer to Independent Study, p. 48.

Latin

103f. ELEMENTARY

Fundamentals of Latin grammar.

(4)

104s. ELEMENTARY (4)

Readings from Latin authors, with empha-
sis on the love poetry of Catullus.
Prerequisite: 103 or 2 entrance credits

203f. INTERMEDIATE (3)

Review of Latin grammar with readings
from Cicero and other Latin authors.
Prerequisite: 104 or 3 entrance credits

204s. VERGIUS AENEID I- VI (3 )

Prerequisite: 203

This course can be used to satisfy either the
Specific Standard of the intermediate level of a
Foreign Language or the Distributional Stan-
dard of Literature , but not both.

Courses in Latin literature at the 300 level may be
repeated for credit if the readings are different.
Exceptions to the prerequisites may be granted
by the department.

301f. EPIC (3)

Vergil's Aeneid VU-Xll or sections from

1 993- J 995 Catalog

Department of Classical Languages & Literature

Metamorphoses of Ovid will be used as
examples of Roman adaptations of
Greek epic.

Prerequisite: 204 or 4 entrance credits
Offered 1 995-96 and every third year

302s. COMEDY (3)

Selected plays of Plautus and Terence, two
of the earliest Latin writers and the best
representatives of New Comedy.
Prerequisite: 204 or 4 entrance credits

Offered 1 995-96 and every third year

3 1 If. DIDACTIC POETRY (3 )

Selections from Lucretius' De Rerum

Natura or Vergil's Georges, poems that

teach people how to live in harmony with

nature.

Prerequisite: 204 or 4 entrance credits

Offered J 993-94 and every third year

3 12s. HISTORICAL WRITING (3 )

Examinations of the assumptions of Latin
historiography with readings from Caesar,
Sallust, Livy, or Tacitus.
Prerequisite: 204 or 4 entrance credits
Offered 1993-94 and every third year

32 If. SATIRE (3)

The genre of satire, Rome's own creation,

through readings in the Latin satirists,

principally Horace, Martial, Juvenal, or

Petronius.

Prerequisite: 204 or 4 entrance credits

Offered 1 994-95 and every third year

490f,s. INDEPENDENT STUDY (4-8)

Independent research arranged under the
supervision of a member of the department.
Refer to Independent Study, p. 48.

Classical Courses in English

201S. (PHILOSOPHY 201) THE
GREEK SETTING OF THE
SOCRATIC DIALOGUES (3)

See Philosophy 201 for description.

22 If. (HISTORY 221) HISTORY OF
GREEK CIVILIZATION (3)

The literature, people and philosophy of
Ancient Greece from the Bronze Age to
Hellenistic times, including the basic out-
line of historical events and methods for
understanding history and culture.
Offered J 993-94 and alternate years
Not open to students who have taken Classics
151

222f. (HISTORY 222) HISTORY OF
ROMAN CIVILIZATION (3)

The development of Roman institutions

from the Etruscan period through

Constantine's adoption of Christianity.

The use of evidence from literature, art,

and archaeology in constructing Roman

social history.

Offered 1 994-95 and alternate years

Not open to stidents who have taken Classics

154

322s. LYRIC POETRY (3)

Personal and intimate poetry of Horace in
the Odes and the elegiac poets.
Prerequisite: 204 or 4 entrance credits
Offered 1994-95 and every third year

350f,s. ADVANCED READING

COURSE (1-5)

Selections from Latin prose and poetry, not
covered in other courses, chosen to meet
the needs of individual students.
Prerequisite: 204 and permission of the
department

360f,s. LATIN PROSE

COMPOSITION (2)

Prerequisite: 204 and permission of the
department

223f. (PHILOSOPHY 206) HISTORY
OF ANCIENT PHILOSOPHY (3 )

See Philosophy 206 for description.

242f. (ART 201) GREEK AND
ROMAN ART

See Art 2,01 for description.

(3)

331s. (ANTHROPOLOGY 331)
MYTHOLOGICAL PATTERNS
AND THEMES (3)

Comparison of themes in Greek, Near
Eastern, African, and Amerindian myths.
Modem literary and psychological ap-
proaches to mythological configurations,
such as creation myths, divine archetypes,
the trickster, and the hero cycle.
Offered J 993-94 and alternate years

Agnes Scott College

Departments of Classical Languages/Dance

341s. (SOCIOLOGY 341) (WOMEN'S
STUDIES 341) FAMILY AND
SOCIETY IN THE CLASSICAL
WORLD (3)

Relationship of families and political struc-
tures in the ancient Greek and Roman
worlds. Methods for understanding them
through drama, philosophy, rhetoric, and
archaeology. Examination of the daily lives
and experiences of ancient people, espe-
cially workers, women, children, slaves,
and others who left no written record.
Offered 1 994-95 and alternate years

410f,s. SPECIAL STUDY (2-4)

Directed study to meet the individual
needs of students whose major is Classical
Languages and Literatures or Classical
Studies.

490f,s. INDEPENDENT STUDY (4-8)

Independent research arranged under the
supervision of a member of the department.

Dance

Director:

Associate Professor Marylin Darling, Chair,
Department of Physical Education

The student who minors in dance learns
from the masters of the profession and
experiences dance as a cultural en-
deavor in the liberal arts tradition. This pro-
gram prepares the student to dance and per-
form in a variety of settings and combines the
discipline of dance with other areas or majors.

All dance minors must audition for the
minor. These students are adjudicated by a
panel of qualified dance professionals and ex-
perts. Placement is determined after auditions
are completed and adjudicated by a panel of
dance experts.

■ Requirement for theMinor

A minimum of 22 hours is required for the
minor. All students must reach and/or
maintain an advanced level of competency
in one major area (ballet, modem, or jazz),
and an intermediate level of competency
in at least two other dance areas (ballet.

modem, jazz, tap, or other stylisitc forms).
A minimum of 3 hours must be taken from
the core curriculum below; a maximum of
6 hours may be taken from the core cur-
riculum for credit toward the dance minor.
These courses are open to students by per-
mission of the director. Each course has an
adjudication prerequisite: 211, 212, 213,
311,312,313,411,412,413.
Students are required to take all of the
following:

Practical: 314, 315, 316
Theoretical: 317; Music 108; Theatre 206
Students may elect courses from diverse
areas. All elective courses must have the
approval of the director and the chair of
the appropriate department.
Credit received in satisfying physical education
course requirements cannot apply to courses
for the dance minor. Credit received in courses
satisfying the dance minor cannot apply to the
physical education requirements .

211. (PED 140) BEGINNING
BALLET (1)

See Physical Education 140 for description.

212. (PED 144) BEGINNING
MODERN (1)

See Physical Education 144 for description.

213. (PED 116) BEGINNING JAZZ (1)

See Physical Education 1 16 for description.

311. INTERMEDIATE BALLET ( 1 )

Intermediate ballet technique and termi-
nology as well as Cecchetti instruction.

3 1 2. INTERMEDIATE MODERN ( 1 )

Intermediate modem dance technique,
improvisation, and intermediate levels of
contemporary are emphasized.

313. INTERMEDL\TE JAZZ ( 1 )

Intermediate elements of jazz dance are
explored and intermediate jazz technique is
emphasized.

314. DANCE PERFORMANCE ( 1 )

Dance performance includes actual time in
Studio Dance Theatre productions.

315. CHOREOGRAPHY ( 1 )

Includes actual choreographic work presented
in Studio Dance Theatre performances.

1993A995 Catabg

Departments of Dance/Economics

316. DANCE PRODUCTION (2)

Includes all elements of technical
assistance needed in producing a dance
concert.

317. DANCE COMPOSITION (3 )

This course will consist of exploration of all
ranges of dance composition using the
elements of levels, space, time, rhythm,
dynamics, textures, and styles.

411. ADVANCED BALLET ( 1 )

Advanced ballet technique and pointe
work emphasized.

412. ADVANCED MODERN

Advanced modem dance technique
emphasized.

(1)

413. ADVANCED JAZZ (1)

Advanced jazz technique taught in a range
of styles, including but not limited to
Giordano, Fosse, Genero, Luigi, and Ailey.

Economics

Professor:

Edmund J. Sheehey, Chair
Associate Professors:

Rosemary T. Cunningham
Edward C. Johnson

Economics once was called Political
Economy, a notion which may better
convey the substance, breadth and heri-
tage of the discipline. Economics is an excel-
lent and versatile tool for studying human
behavior of individuals and groups in a variety
of institutional settings: business firms, banks,
unions, governments, stock exchanges, and
such, in diverse times and cultures. Economics
pioneered in developing the methodologies of
the modem social sciences. The discipline is
rigorous, analytical and theoretical, yet offers
insight about ordinary, universal events and
behaviors.

Students considering careers in manage-
ment, banking, financial analysis and services,
business, law, and government are well served
by economics. The discipline also forms pro-
ductive ties to business, history, international

relations, political science, sociology,
psychology, mathematics, and philosophy.

■ Requirements for theMajor

Economics:

Economics 104, 105, 303, 306, 307
Five courses from the following: Economics
309, 310, 314, 315, 316, 334, 338, 350,
351,360,380,410,482,490
One course in statistics (Mathematics 115,
328 or Psychology 306)
A major in economics requires a minimum
of 30 hours in Economics and one course
in statistics.
Economics and Business:

Economics 104, 105, 211, 303, 306, 307
At least three courses from the following:
Economics 210, 212, 213, 217
Three additional courses from the
department

One course in statistics (Mathematics 115,
328 or Psychology 306)
A major in Economics and Business re-
quires a minimum of 36 hours in Econom-
ics and one course in statistics.

■ Requirements fortheMinor

Economics:

Economics 104, 105 and either 306 or 307
Three of the following courses: 303, 306 or
307 (if not taken as a required course), 309,
310,314,315,316,334,338,350,351,
360, 380
Economics and Business:

Economics 104, 105 and either 306 or 307
Three of the following courses: 2 10, 2 1 1 ,
212,213,217

One other course offered by the depart-
ment not already taken as a required course

104f,s. INTRODUCTORY

MACROECONOMICS (3)

Causes of unemployment, inflation, and
economic growth, including the role of
government fiscal and monetary policy.

105f,s. INTRODUCTORY

MICROECONOMICS (3)

Emphasis on the operation of a market
economy.

104 and 105 satisfy the Distributional Standard in
the Social Sciences.

Agnes Scott College

Department of Economics

2 1 Of. INVESTMENTS (3 )

The importance of financial investments to
the economy. The stnjcture of different
markets and the theories behind the pric-
ing of certain assets explored. Students
manage a hypothetical portfolio for the
duration of the semester.
Does not satisfy Distributional Standard in the
Social Sciences

Inappropriate for students who have taken
Economics courses beyond the introductory
level

211f. ACCOUNTING I (3)

Introduction to the principles of account-
ing theory and the application of these
principles in business and government.
Not applied toward minimum 30'hour major
Does not satisfy Distributional Standards in
Social Sciences

212s. ACCOUNTING II

A continuation of 2 11 .
Prerequisite: 211

(3)

213s. MARKETING (3)

Planning, organizing, and controlling the
marketing function in a corporate setting.
Offered i 993-94 and alternate years

217f. THEORIES OF MANAGEMENT
AND ORGANIZATION (3)

Change and development in and the man-
agement of complex organizations.
Offered J 994-95 and alternate years

303f . LABOR ECONOMICS (3 )

Labor-management relations, the labor
movement, the laws and public policies
governing labor, and their economic im-
pact in terms of wages, prices, and national
income.

Prerequisite: 104 or permission of the
instructor

306s. MICROECONOMICS (3)

Advanced study of the operation of mar-
kets with emphasis on consumer demand
theory, theory of the firm, differing market
structures, and the pricing and employ-
ment of inputs. General equilibrium and
the role of the government in markets are
discussed.
Prerequisite: 104, 105

307f. MACROECONOMICS (3)

General model is developed to analyze
theories of inflation and unemployment.
Evaluation of theoretical bases for different
monetary and fiscal policies.
Prerequisite: 104, 105

309s. MONEY AND BANKING (3 )

Evolution of the banking system and
related issues of public policy. Analysis of
monetary factors and their impact on eco-
nomic activity.
Prerequisite: 104
Prerequisite or corequisite: 105

3 lOf. FINANCIAL THEORY (3 )

Theories and policies of corporate finance
and the institutional framework within
which financial decisions are made. Capital
markets, financial valuation, capital bud-
geting, and the theory of the capital struc-
ture discussed.
Prerequisite: 104, 105

314f. HISTORY OF ECONOMIC

THOUGHT (3)

Evolution of economic theories and doc-
trines as seen through the works of the
leaders of the various schools of thought.
Prerequisite: 104, 105
Offered 1993-1994 and alternate years

315s. (POLITICAL SCIENCE 315)
COMPARATIVE ECONOMIC
SYSTEMS (3)

From Marxism to market economics. Com-
parative study of economic planning and
stability, labor movements, income policy,
agriculture, economic growth, and trade.
Contrasts drawn among Soviet, Yugoslav,
Swedish, and U.S. systems.
Prerequisite: 104, 105

316f. AMERICAN ECONOMIC
GROWTH AND
DEVELOPMENT (3)

Development of the U.S. economy from
colonial times to 1929. Emphasis on eco-
nomic analysis applied to major historical
issues and institutions such as mercantil-
ism, trade policies, monetary institutions,
slavery; and major industries such as canals,
railroads, steel, oil, and agriculture.
Prerequisite: 104, 105
Offered 1 994- 1 995 and alternate years

J 993- J 995

Departments of Economics/Education

334s. (POLITICAL SCIENCE 334)
ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT (3)

Historical patterns and contemporary
theories of economic development are used
to clarify major issues such as the distribu-
tion of income, stabilization policy, and
problems of trade and finance.
Prerequisite: 104, 105
Offered 1 993-94 and alternate years

338f. ECONOMIC FORECASTING (3)

Study of sampling, statistical significance,
correlation and regression analysis with
emphasis placed on their application to
economic problems.

Prerequisite: 104, 105; a course in statistics
or permission of the instructor

350f. INTERNATIONAL TRADE (3 )

Gains from trade and the theory and policy
of trade protection. The economics of the
multinational corporation.
Prerequisite: 104, 105

351s. INTERNATIONAL FINANCE (3)

Analysis of foreign exchange markets and
the balance of payments. Discussion of
various mechanisms and policies by which
nations achieve equilibrium in the balance
of payments.
Prerequisite: 104, 105

360s. ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT
OF LATIN AMERICA (3)

Problems of economic development in
Latin America emphasizing their historical
roots and theories that attempt to explain
them. Selected policy issues discussed in
relation to a particular country.
Prerequisite: 104 or 105
Offered J 994-95 and alternate years

380s. CURRENT ECONOMIC

ISSUES (3)

Use of economic analysis to understand a
set of current policy issues chosen by the
students and the instructor.
Prerequisite: 104, 105

4 lOf ,s. SPECLAL STUDY (2-4)

Supervised intensive study in a special field
of economics.

482s. (POLITICAL SCIENCE,

PSYCHOLOGY, SOCIOLOGY, OR

ANTHROPOLOGY 482) SOCIAL
SCIENCE SENIOR SEMINAR (3)

Multidisciplinary inquiry into topics

selected by the faculty of the departments

of economics, political science, psychology,

and sociology and anthropology.

Open only to senior majors in social science

departments

Prerequisite: permission of the instructors

490f,s. INDEPENDENT STUDY (4-8)

Independent research arranged under the
supervision of a member of the department.
Refer to Independent Study, p. 48.

Education

Professor:

Ayse Garden, Chair
Assistant Professors:

Ruth S. Bettandorff, Associate Dean

of the College
Elizabeth Roberts
Julie A. Weisberg
Instructor:

Gue P. Hudson, Dean of Students

The Department of Education offers
teacher certification for Early Child-
hood (grades K-4), Middle Grades (4-
8), and Secondary teachers and Foreign Lan-
guages (K-12) and Music (K-12). Completion
of one of Agnes Scott's approved programs
leads to initial certification in Georgia; certifi-
cation in other states may also be obtained.
Teacher education at Agnes Scott is a college-
wide enterprise; students major in a discipline
other than Education.

A student interested in teaching should
contact the director of the teacher education
program as early as possible in her college ca-
reer. Students will he assisted in planning nec-
essary courses to fulfill certification require-
ments.

The programs are designed to include both
theoretical understandings of learning pro-
cesses and instructional content, and practical
approaches to classroom planning and man-
agement. Internships in the field are required
for several courses; summer experiences in
programs such as Head Start, day care centers.

Agnes Scott College

Department of Education

summer schools and camps are encouraged. In
addition, the professional semester involves
procedures and materials of instruction, exten-
sive classroom observation and teaching, and
advanced study of pupils and school organiza-
tion.

Students involved in the professional se-
mester may not work in off-campus jobs; work
performed on-campus must be negotiated after
consultation with the director of the teacher
education program.

Early Childhood (K-4)

■ CertificationRequirements

Psychology 121, preferably prior to the

junior year

Completion of any major offered by the

College

Education 201, 304, 305, 306, 307, 308,

370,380,420,421,440EM

Completion of courses designated as special

fields for the elementary teacher:

1. One course each in methods of teaching
art, music, and physical education
(Education 401, 402, 403)

2. Two courses in sciences and mathemat-
ics: one course in laboratory science
(biology recommended) and one course
in mathematics (101 or 117 or 118)

3. Two courses in social sciences: one
course in history (American recom-
mended) and an additional course in
political science, economics, or
sociology

4. A program of noncredit directed read-
ing in children's literature (with subse-
quent evaluation) approved by the De-
partment of Education for the summer
before the senior year, or a summer-
session course in children's literature

Middle Grades (5-8)

■ CertificationRequirements

Psychology 121, preferably prior to the

junior year

Completion of any major offered by the

College

Education 202, 305, 370, 380, 440EM,

460, 461

Methods courses (Education 304, 306, 307,

308) in areas of concentration

Completion of a primary and a secondary

area of concentration TTie primary area

must contain a minimum of 1 7 semester

hours.

The primary areas are:

1. Language Arts. Concentration must

include English 101 and 102 or 103 and
104, and a program of noncredit di-
rected reading in adolescent literature
approved by the department for the
summer before the senior year, or a
summer-session course in adolescent
literature

2. Science. Concentration must include

coverage in at least three of the follow-
ing areas: physics, biology, chemistry,
earth science, physical science (Educa-
tion 308 will satisfy one of the areas.)

3. Social Studies. Ct^ncentration must

include History 208 or 209 and a pro-
gram of noncredit directed reading in
geography approved by the department,
or a summer-session course in geogra-
phy

4. Mathematics. Concentration must

include Mathematics 118, 150, 314
The secondary area of concentration must
contain a minimum of 13 semester hours.
The secondary areas include language arts,
science, social studies, mathematics, art,
and music.

Secondary

Certification Requirements

Psychology 121, preferably prior to the
junior year

Completion of a major in one of the fields
approved for certification: economics,
English, history, mathematics, political
science, science (astrophysics, biology,
chemistry, or physics)
Education 202 (or 201 with permission of
the department), 311,312, 380, 430,
431,4405

Additional requirements:
English majors: Education 305 (required)
and 304 (recommended); a noncredit pro-
gram of directed reading in adolescent
literature.

Mathematics majors: Mathematics
150,314

1993-1995 Catalog

Department of Education

Music Education Program
(K-12)

■ CertificationReqidrements

Psychology 1 2 1 , preferably prior to the
junior year

Courses required for the music major
Music 205 and 311

Education 201 or 202; 341, 342, 343, 380,
425,426;440EMor440S
Additional requirements:
Four years of participation in an ensemble
most appropriate to the student's major
instrument

A minimum of two years of participation in
a vocal ensemble

At least one ensemble experience in an
area that makes use of a secondary perfor-
mance medium

Foreign Language Education
(K^12)

■ CertificationRequirements

Psychology 121, preferably prior to the
junior year

Completion of a major in one of the for-
eign languages approved for certification:
French, German, Greek, Latin, Spanish
Education 201 or 202; 311, 312, 380, 445,
446; 440EM or 440S
Additional requirements:
For modem foreign language majors, a
course in the culture and civilization of the
country whose language is being studied.
A foreign language methods course at
either the elementary or secondary level, as
appropriate

20 If. (PSYCHOLOGY 209) CHILD
PSYCHOLOGY (3)

See Psychology 209 for description.
Prerequisite: Psychology 121

202s. (PSYCHOLOGY 210)
PSYCHOLOGY OF
ADOLESCENCE, ADULTHOOD,
AND OLD AGE (3)

See Psychology 210 for description.
Prerequisite: Psychology 121

203f. (SOCIOLOGY 217)
SOCIOLOGY OF
EDUCATION

See Sociology 2 1 7 for description.
Prerequisite: Sociology 101 or
Anthropology 101

(3)

304f. TEACHING OF

COMMUNICATION ARTS —
ELEMENTARY (3)

Designed to develop special techniques in
the teaching of reading, writing, speaking,
and listening; and to study materials (in-
cluding media) used in instruction.
3 LEG, 1 hour in an elementary classroom
per week

305s. TEACHING OF READING —
ELEMENTARY (3)

Effective instructional methods and appro-
priate media and materials for teaching
reading. Diagnosis of reading problems and
integration of reading with other content
areas are included.

3 LEC, 1 hour in an elementary classroom
per week

306f. TEACHING OF SOCIAL

STUDIES —ELEMENTARY (2)

Designed to acquaint the student with
methods, materials (including media), and
content of the social studies program in the
elementary school.

2 LEC, 1 hour in an elementary classroom
per week

307s. TEACHING OF MATHEMATICS
— ELEMENTARY (3)

Techniques, media, and materials used in
teaching mathematics in the elementary
school.

3 LEC, 1 hour in an elementary classroom
per week

Prerequisite: Mathematics 101 or 117
or 118

308f. TEACHING OF SCIENCE-
ELEMENTARY (2)

Techniques, media, and materials used in
teaching science in the elementary school.
2 LEC, 1 hour in an elementary classroom
per week

Prerequisite: Astronomy 120, 121; or
Biology 100, 102, or 105; or Chemistry
101, lOlL, 102, 102L; or Physics 1 10, 1 1 1

Agnes Scott College

Department of Education

311s. THE TEACHING PROCESS —
SECONDARY (1)

Teaching strategies and instnjctional me-
dia with application in secondary schools.
1 LEG, 1 hour in a secondary classroom
per week

Open to majors in English, foreign languages,
social studies, mathematics, and sciences
Corequisite: 312

Open to seniors only (others by permission of
the instr-uctor)

312f. SPECIAL METHODS OF

TEACHING —SECONDARY (3 )

Methods, materials, and content of second-
ary school subject-matter areas.
Open to majors in English , foreign languages ,
social studies, mathematics, and sciences
Corequisite: 311

Open to seniors only (others by permission of
the instructor)

34 If. TEACHING MUSIC IN THE
ELEMENTARY SCHOOL (3)

Techniques, media, and materials used

in teaching music in the elementary

school classroom. Instruction on classroom

instruments (e.g., guitar, recorder) is

provided.

Prerequisite or corequisite: Music 211,212

380f. CHILDREN AND YOUTH WITH
SPECIAL NEEDS (3)

Major areas of exceptionality, including
identification and teaching of children and
youth with such exceptionalities.
3 LEG, 1 hour in a special classroom a week

401s. TEACHING ART IN THE

ELEMENTARY SCHOOL (2)

Methods, materials, and techniques used in
teaching art in the elementary school.
Corequisite: 402, 403, 420, 421, 440EM

402s. TEACHING MUSIC IN THE
ELEMENTARY SCHOOL (2)

Methods, materials, and techniques used in
teaching music in the elementary school.
Corequisite: 401, 403, 420, 421, 440EM

403s. TEACHING PHYSICAL
EDUCATION IN THE
ELEMENTARY SCHOOL (2)

Methods, materials, and techniques used in
teaching physical education in the elemen-
tary school.
Corequisite: 401, 402, 420, 421, 440EM

410f,s. SPECIAL STUDY (2-4)

Supervised study in a selected field of
education.

342s. TEACHING MUSIC IN THE
SECONDARY SCHOOL (2)

Techniques, media, and materials used in
teaching general music, music apprecia-
tion, and music theory in the secondary
school classroom.
Prerequisite or corequisite: Music 211,212

343s. CHORAL METHODS AND
MATERIALS (2)

Techniques, media, and literature used in

teaching singing ensembles.

Prerequisite or corequisite: 342; Music 182

370f. CURRICULUM

DEVELOPMENT: THEORY AND
PRACTICE (2)

Investigations of two major educational
questions: How should a curriculum be
determined? What should the curriculum
of an educational institution be?
Prerequisite: 304, 305 or 306 or 307 or
308 or 3 1 1 -3 1 2 or permission of the in-
stnictor

440EMs. AMERICAN

EDUCATION (2)

Historical background and current issues in

education.

Corequisite: 420-421, 425-426, 445-446, or

460-461

440Ss. AMERICAN EDUCATION (2)

Historical background and current issues in

education.

Corequisite: 430-431 or 445-446

THE PROFESSIONAL SEMESTER

With the permission of the Teacher
Education Advisory Group, the professional
semester is open to students who have
shown appropriate scholastic aptitude and
personality traits.

Candidates planning for the professional
semester must apply for admission to the
teacher education program during the
spring semester of the junior year.
Applications for admission to the teacher
education program may be obtained from

J 993-] 995 Catalog

Department of Education

the director of teacher education programs.
Candidates must fulfill these minimum
requirements to be considered for admis-
sion to the teacher education program:

1. Cumulative grade-point average of 2.5
or higher

2. Grade-point average in major of 2.5 or
higher

3. No grade lower than C in a course re-
quired for certification (no pass/fail in
certification courses)

4. Appropriate faculty recommendations

5. Demonstrated interpersonal behavior
necessary for effective teaching

Early Childhood
Education (K'4)

420s. STUDENT TEACHING,
EARLY CHILDHOOD
CERTIFICATION K-4 (9)

Professional experience for students seek-
ing Early Childhood Certification.
Prerequisite: Psychology 121; 201, 304,
305, 306, 307, 308, 370, 380
Corequisite: 401, 402, 403, 421, 440EM

421s. PROBLEMS SEMINAR FOR
EARLY CHILDHOOD
CERTIFICATION K-4 (2)

Individual and group study of children and
of curriculum based on experiences in 420.
Corequisite: 420, 440EM

Middle Grades
Education (4-8)

460s. STUDENT TEACHING,
MIDDLE GRADES
CERTIFICATION 4-8 (9)

Professional experience for students seek-
ing Middle Grades certification.
Prerequisite: 305, 370, 380; completion of
primary and secondary areas of concentra-
tion, and methods courses in areas of con-
centration
Corequisite: 461, 440EM

461s. PROBLEMS SEMINAR FOR
MIDDLE GRADES

CERTIFICATION 4-8 (2)

Individual and group study of children and
curriculum based on experiences in 460.
Corequisite: 460, 440EM

Secondary School

(9)

430s. STUDENT TEACHING,
SECONDARY SCHOOL
CERTIFICATION

Professional experience for students seel

ing secondary certification.

Prerequisite: Psychology 121; 202, 311,

312,380

Additional prerequisite for English

majors: 305

Corequisite: 431, 4408

431s. PROBLEMS SEMINAR FOR
SECONDARY SCHOOL
CERTIFICATION (2)

Individual and group study of youth and
curriculum based on experiences in 430.
Corequisite: 430, 4408

Music Education (K'12)

425s. STUDENT TEACHING,
MUSIC EDUCATION
CERTIFICATION K-12 (9)

Professional experience for students seek-
ing Music Education certification.
Prerequisite: 341 , 342, 343, 380
Corequisite: 426, 440EM

426s. PROBLEMS SEMINAR FOR
MUSIC EDUCATION
CERTIFICATION K-12 (2 )

Individual and group study of learners and
of curriculum based on experiences in 425.
Corequisite: 425, 440EM

Foreign Language Education
(K^12)

445s. STUDENT TEACHING,
FOREIGN LANGUAGE
EDUCATION CERTIFICATION

K-12 (9)

Professional experience for students

Agnes Scott College

Departments of Ediication/EngUsh

seeking Foreign Language Education

Certification (French, German, Greek,

Latin, Spanish).

Prerequisite: Psychology 121; 201

or 202; 311, 312, 380, foreign language

methods course

Corequisite: 446, 440EM or 440S

446s. PROBLEMS SEMINAR FOR
FOREIGN LANGUAGE
EDUCATION K^Z (2)

Individual and group study of learners and
of curriculum based on experiences in 445.
Corequisites: 445, 440 EM or 440S

English Literature-Creative Writing. Interdis-
ciplinary majors are offered also in Art His-
tory-English Literature and in History-English
Literature.

With the approval of the department, a
student may plan a program of concentrated
study in which she emphasizes her major inter-
ests in literature and chooses complementary
courses from other disciplines. For example,
she may plan a program in medieval studies.
Renaissance studies, or American studies.

The department provides the opportunity
for its majors to study at British universities in
the junior year and to participate in intern-
ships in the senior year.

English

Professors:

Bona W Ball

Linda L. Hubert

Jack L. Nelson

Patricia G. Pinka
Associate Professors:

Christopher Ames

Steven Guthrie

Peggy Thompson
Assistant Professor:

Christine Cozzens

The curriculum of the Department of
English is constructed to give the
student a breadth of knowledge and a
depth of understanding of English and Ameri-
can literature. It also provides her with the
opportunity to learn to read literature with
perception and delight, to write about it criti-
cally and imaginatively, and to develop her
abilities as a creative writer. EnglishlOl/102
are service courses for the College in which a
student sharpens her writing skills and im-
proves her critical and analytical reading.

A student majoring in English is required
to take work in five of six areas: medieval lit-
erature and linguistic studies, sixteenth-cen-
tury English literature, seventeenth- or eigh-
teenth-century English literature, nineteenth-
century English literature, twentieth-century
literature, and American literature. She has a
choice of courses within each area.

In addition to the basic English major, the
department offers an interdisciplinary major in

The Writing Workshop

At the Writing Workshop (located in Buttrick
Hall 306), trained student tutors and the
workshop director, a faculty member, assist
students working on papers or other writing
assignments for courses (see pg. 10).

■ Requirements fortheMajor

English 101/102 or 103/104 are not in-
cluded in the minimum of 30 hours taken
for the major.
One of the following (or equivalent):

211, 212, 213, 214. (The department urges
students considering a major in English to
elect a yearlong survey of British or Ameri-
can literature in the sophomore year.)
English 480 and one course from five of
the six areas:
306, 308, 309
313,314,316
318,319,328,329
321,322,338
331,332,333,334
320,323,336

Six hours in creative writing or advanced
composition may be counted towards the major
hours.

English Literature
Creative Writing

One of the following (or equivalent)

211,212,213,214

Literature courses required:

1 993- J 995 Catalog

Department of English

One course each from four of the six

300-level areas hsted above

Creative Writing courses required:

Three of the following: 201, 202, 203, 341,

342, 345

One of the following: 415, 490

Courses recommended for the major: 480

■ Requirements for theMinor

A minor in English must contain at least
18 hours excluding credits received for
English 101-104. The student may design
her own program to reflect a particular
interest or emphasis, such as a focus on a
genre or literary period. The program must
have the approval of the chair of the De-
partment of English.
English 101 and 102 are the basic
courses for all other work in the department,
except for students admitted to English 1 03
and J 04. A student is admitted to English 103
and 1 04 by the chair of the department on the
basis of the CEEB verbal score , English
Achievement Test score, and secondary school
record.

101f,s. LITERATURE AND

COMPOSITION (3)

Combines the writing of analytic, exposi-
tory and research papers with the close,
critical reading of literature by authors of
diverse cultural backgrounds. Works stud-
ied include short stories, novels, drama,
poetry, and, less frequently, nonfiction
essays and film. Provides orientation to
library and computer facilities. Frequent
individual conferences.

101Lf,s; 102Lf,s. WRITING

LABORATORY (0)

The Writing Laboratory (usually taken in
conjunction with English 101 and 102)
develops skills that provide a foundation
for all written course work at Agnes Scott.
The course familiarizes students with the
writing process through reading, writing,
discussions, word processing exercises, and
conferences. Enrollment in the lab is
limited and is determined by the
Department of English.

102f,s. LITERATURE AND
COMPOSITION

Continuation of 101.
Prerequisite: 101

(3)

103f. HONORS LITERATURE AND
COMPOSITION (3)

Approaches to literary texts designed for
the student with special talent and interest
in English. Writing of critical and
imaginative papers on literature and film.
Provides orientation to library and
computer facilities. Frequent individual
conferences.

104s. HONORS LITERATURE AND
COMPOSITION (3)

Continuation of 103.
Prerequisite: 103

210s. ADVANCED COMPOSITION (3)

Expository writing for the student
who wishes to develop and refine her use of
language and her understanding of the
writing process. Includes an introduction to
theories of teaching writing.

Literature

English 211, 212, 213, or 214 is a prerequisite
to the other courses in literature unless a
student has received advanced placement
credit in literature or unless she has been
exempted from taking 200-level courses
upon recommendation of her instructor in
English 101-102 or 103-104.

21 If. MAJOR BRITISH WRITERS,
c. 1350 to 1674 (3)

Major literary texts in historical context
and sequence. Writers include Chaucer,
Spenser, Shakespeare, Donne, and Milton.

212s. MAJOR BRITISH WRITERS,
1674 TO THE PRESENT (3)

Continuation of English 211. Writers will
be chosen from a group including Swift,
Pope, AuSten, Wordsworth, Keats,
Tennyson, Browning, Yeats, and Eliot.

2 13/33 If. EARLY AMERICAN

WRITERS (3)

American writers from the colonial
beginnings to the American Renaissance.
Texts considered in historical, social, and
intellectual context. Writers include
Bradstreet, Wheatly, Irving, Poe, Emerson,
Hawthorne, and others.
Students in 213 and 331 will attend classes

Agnes Scott College

Department of English

together most of the term, hut advanced
students will be expected to do work of
greater sophistication and difficulty.
Special focus on Melville in 33 1.

214. MODERN AMERICAN

WRITERS (3)

American literature from the second
half of the nineteenth century to the
present. Selected readings from such
diverse writers as Dickinson, Twain,
James, Gather, Hurston, Baldwin, Roth
and others.

216. (WOMEN'S STUDIES 216)
TOPICS ON WOMEN AND
LITERATURE (3)

Thematic or generic studies of works
authored by women; focus on the role of
women in works by male and female
writers; special attention to a selected
woman writer or group of writers; and/or
feminist approaches to the study of
literature.

Topic for 1993-94: African- American
Women Writers

30 If. PROSODY (1)

A close study of metrics and other aspects

of form in poems.

Offered in J 994-95 and alternate years

306f. CHAUCER (3)

The Canterbury Tales and selected pre-
Canterbury works.

308s. HISTORY OF THE ENGLISH
LANGUAGE (3)

The origins and development of the

language, from Anglo-Saxon to modem

English.

Offered J 993-94 and alternate years

309s. DANTE (3)

The Divine Comedy in translation.
Offered 1 994-95 and alternate years

3 13f. SHAKESPEARE (3)

The comedies and histories.

314s. SHAKESPEARE (3)

The tragedies.

3 15f. MEDIEVAL AND
RENAISSANCE DRAMA

(Excluding Shakespeare) (3)

Samples of medieval mystery and morality
plays and explores the varied developing
genre of the Renaissance. Authors include
Kyd, Marlowe, Dekker, Jonson, Middleton,
and Webster.

316. SIXTEENTH-CENTURY

ENGLISH POETRY (3)

A study of the major poetic theories, forms
and works of Tudor England. Selections
from The Faerie Qneen^ some early English
sonnets. The Defense of Poesy and the
sonnet sequences of Sidney, Spenser, and
Shakespeare.

3 18f. POETRY AND PROSE
OF THE SEVENTEENTH
CENTURY (3)

Emphasis on the writings of Donne,
Jonson, Herbert, Herrick, Marvell, Bacon,
and Browne.
Offered 1 994-95 and alternate years

319s. MILTON (3)

Most of the English poetry and selections
from the prose.

320f . MODERN POETRY (3 )

Study of British and American poetry of
the twentieth century, with a focus on the
early modernist period. Poets studied
include Yeats, Eliot, Williams, H.D.,
Marianne Moore, Wallace Stevens, and
Langston Hughes.

32 If. ENGLISH ROMANTIC

POETRY (3)

Primary emphasis upon the poetry of
Wordsworth, Coleridge, and Keats,
along with selected poems of Shelley and
Byron.

322s. VICTORL\N POETRY (3 )

Tennyson, Browning, Arnold, and

Hopkins.

Offered J 993-94 and alternate years

323s. MODERN AND

CONTEMPORARY DRAMA (3)

A selection of plays by playwrights from

Ibsen to the present, with concern for the

relationship between text and

performance.

Offered 1993-94 and alternate years

1993-1995 Catalog

Department of English

328. RESTORATION AND
EIGHTEENTH-CENTURY
LITERATURE (3)

Emphasis on satire and prose fiction from
1660-1800. Authors chosen from Dryden,
Swift, Pope, Fielding, Richardson, Johnson
and Austen, as well as writers who
traditionally have been neglected.

329s. ENGLISH DRAMA FROM

DRYDEN TO SHERIDAN (3 )

Ranges over tragedies and comedies
written between 1660 and 1800.
Dramatists include Dryden, Behn,
Wycherley, Congreve, Centlivre,
Goldsmith, and Sheridan. Attention paid
to cultural contexts as well as evolving
literary traditions.

Lawrence, Waugh and Beckett.

337s. POSTMODERN FICTION (3)

A study of experimental fiction written in
the second half of the twentieth century.
Works studied are drawn from a variety of
cultures.

338s. THE ENGLISH NOVEL FROM
THE BRONTES TO HARDY (3 )

Emphasis on the novels of the 1 840s and
1850s along with those that look toward
the twentieth century.
Offered 1994-95 arvi alternate years

410f,s. SPECIAL STUDY (2-4)

Selected texts to meet the interests of
individual students.

331f. See ENGLISH 213

332f. REALISM AND

NATURALISM IN AMERICAN
LITERATURE (3)

Emphasis on figures writing from 1880 to
1920, who express the dominant literary
modes of the time, with attention to their
influence on later writers. Authors include
Twain, James, NX^arton, O'Neill, Crane,
and others.
Offered 1 994-95 and alternate years

480f. SENIOR COLLOQUIUM (2)

Weekly meetings of faculty and senior
English majors to discuss topics relevant to
the study of literature in all periods.
Particular topics are designated each year.

490f,s. INDEPENDENT STUDY IN
ENGLISH OR AMERICAN
LITERATURE (4-8)
Independent research arranged under the
supervision of a member of the department.
Refer to Independent Study, p. 48.

333s. TWENTIETH-CENTURY

AMERICAN FICTION (3)

Focus on fiction from 1920 to the present,
including the work of such writers as
Hemingway, Fitzgerald, Ellison, Malamud,
Gates, and others.
Offered 1 994-95 and alternate years

334f. SOUTHERN LITERATURE (3)

Readings in the literature of the American

South of the twentieth century with

emphasis on such figures as Ransom,

Faulkner, Warren, O'Connor, Welty, and

Walker.

Offered 1993-94 and alternate years

336s. THE MODERN BRITISH

NOVEL (3)

Study of twentieth-century novels with an
emphasis on modernist experimentation
with novel form. Writers studied generally
include Conrad, Forster, Joyce, Woolf,

Creative and
Expository Writing

201s. NARRATIVE WRITING (3)

Principles and forms of narrative writing.
Illustrative readings and frequent writing.
Prerequisite: permission of the instructor

202f . POETRY WRITING (3 )

The craft of poetry, taught through regular
written assignments and readings in such
contemporary poets as Adrienne Rich,
Sharon Olds, Rita Dove and Carolyn Forche.

203f. (THEATRE 203) PLAY
WRITING

See Theatre 203 for description.

(3)

205f. WRITING FICTION (3 )

Guest-taught workshop in the writing of
fiction, designed to make participants

Agnes Scott College

Departments of English/French

better readers as well as writers. Focus on
providing structure for new projects or
assistance with works-in-progress.
Prerequisite: permission of the instructor

340f. NONFICTION WORKSHOP (3)

Guidance in writing forms of nonf iction such
as the essay, the journalistic article, technical
writing, research reports, business writing
and autobiography. Emphasis on presentation
and discussion of student work, revision,
editing and classroom publishing.
Prerequisite: permission of the instructor

34 If. WRITING WORKSHOP,

FICTION (3)

Intermediate fiction writing. Readings in
theory and practice; the writing and
rewriting of a group of stories. Individual
conferences and group sessions.
Prerequisite: 201, 205 or permission of the
instructor

342s. POETRY WORKSHOP ( 3 )

Presentation and discussion of student
work, with additional resources (readings,
poetic exercises) as needed.
Prerequisite: 202 or permission of the
instructor

345s. (THEATRE 345) PLAYWRITING
WORKSHOP (3)

See Theatre 345 for description.

415f,s. ADVANCED CREATIVE

WRITING (3)

Individual conferences with emphasis on
sustained creative writing projects in
poetry, fiction, or drama.
Prerequisite: 341, 342, 345 or permission
of the instructor

490f,s. INDEPENDENT STUDY IN
WRITING (3)

Independent research arranged under the
supervision of a member of the department.
Refer to Independent Study, p. 48.

French

Professor:

Regine Reynolds-Cornell, Chair
Associate Professor:

Christabel P. Braunrot
Assistant Professor:

Rosemary Eberiel

The Department of French has as its
goals accuracy and fluency in the
written and spoken language as well as
knowledge and appreciation of the literature
and culture of France.

New students electing French will, with
very few exceptions, be asked to take a place-
ment test. Students placing at the level of
French 235 will have satisfied the Specific
Standard of the intermediate level of a foreign
language. Either of the two intermediate
courses, French 201 or 230, also satisfy that
Specific Standard.

A French literature course on the 300 level
satisfies the Distributional Standard of litera-
ture in the language of its composition. French
235 is the prerequisite for all French literature
courses but does not satisfy the Distributional
Standard of literature in the language of its
composition.

Students, if qualified, may spend the junior
year or, should that be unfeasible, a semester
in France on an approved program. Interested
students should consult the department chair
early in the sophomore year.

An assistant comes from France each year
to live on the French Hall with students inter-
ested in perfecting their French and in know-
ing more about France today. She joins stu-
dents in the dining hall around a "table
frangaise," with students at all levels of French
proficiency.

■ Requirements for theMajor

Required Courses:

235, 305, and a minimum of 6 additional
courses on the 300 level. These elective
courses should be representative of various
centuries and genres.
With advanced placement or exemption,
the minimum number of hours required to
complete a French major is 25 hours.

1993-1995 Catalog

Department of French

Recommended Courses:

The department recommends for the
French major the following electives in
other departments: History 101, 309; Clas-
sics 309, 310; English 211; Art 103, 208;
Philosophy 206, 209, 210; another foreign
language.

■ RequirevnentsfortheMinor

A minimum of 14 hours beyond French
201. The recommended sequence:
French 230, 305; 306 or 235; 308

Entering students who are placed into an
advanced level of French may be given permis-
sion to complete the major with fewer than 30
hours. Permission is given by the department
chair and the assistant dean of the college.

Students exempting French 201 will take
French 207. Students may also register for
Translation or Business French courses at an
approved institution.

The French Department strongly recommends
a 4'Uieek Intensive Summer Session at the
Centre International de I'Universite de l' Quest in
Angers whose courses will satisfy the required
courses listed above , subject to approval by the
chair of the department and the assistant dean of
the college.

The needs of each student will be exam-
ined individually by the chair of the depart-

lOlf. ELEMENTARY FRENCH (4)

For students who begin French in college.
Introduction to the French language and
culture. Four class periods followed by a
session of oral practice.

102s. ELEMENTARY FRENCH (4)

Continuation of 101; 101 and 102 are the
equivalent of two years of secondary school
preparation.

105s. INTRODUCTION TO FRENCH
PHONETICS (1)

Prerequisite: 101 or permission of
instructor

201f,s. INTERMEDIATE (5)

Practice in the aural, oral, and written use
of the language. Training in the essentials
of grammar. Study of some representative
types of French literature.

207f,s. INTERMEDIATE FRENCH
CONVERSATION (2)

Prerequisite: 201 or 230 with a grade of
B-minus or above

230f,s. ADVANCED

INTERMEDIATE (4)

Thorough grammar review and an intro-
duction to selected literary works.
Prerequisite: 201

235f,s. READINGS IN FRENCH

LITERATURE (4)

Development of reading and writing skills
through an introduction to literary texts by
genre from the Middle Ages to the present.
Prerequisite: 230

Does not satisfy the Distributiorud Staryiard of
literature in the language of its composition

305f. ADVANCED FRENCH

LANGUAGE STUDY (3)

Composition, stylistics, translation.

Does not satisfy the Distributional Standard of

literature in the language of its composition

306s. ADVANCED FRENCH

LANGUAGE STUDY (3)

Phonetics, conversation.

Does not satisfy the Distributional Standard of

literature in the language of its composition

308. FRANCE SINCE 1945 (3)

France since World War 11, with emphasis
on contemporary French society.
Offered 1 993-94 and alternate years
Prerequisite: 305

Does not satisfy the Distributional Standard of
literature in the language of its composition

320. CONTEMPORARY FRENCH
THEATER AND FILM (3 )

French drama and film from the mid-
twentieth century to the present.
Not open to students who received credit fen-
French i72

325. THE RISE AND WANE OF THE
GOLDEN AGE: POETRY, LETTERS
AND THEATER FROM
MALHERBE TO MARI VAUX (3 )

Development of classicism in poetry and
drama between the Renaissance and the
Age of Reason. Letters (particularly those

Agnes Scott College

Departments of French/German

written hy women) have been added for
their historical, social and literary contribu-
tion to the study of the era.
Not open to students who received credit fen-
French 336

330. THE FRENCH NOVEL FROM
MME DE LA FAYETTE TO
FLAUBERT (3)

Analysis of novels by Mme de la Fayette,
I'abbe Prevost, Constant, Balzac, and
Flaubert studied in the wider context of the
evolution of the French novel during the
seventeenth, eighteenth, and nineteenth
centuries.

Not open to students who received credit for
French 357

335. THE FRENCH NOVEL
AND THE SHORT STORY
FROM MAUPASSANT
TO THE PRESENT (3)

Analysis of major works of fiction from the
mid-nineteenth century to the present,
studied in the context of the evolution of
the modem French novel.

Not open to students who received credit for
French 357

340. MEDIEVAL FRENCH

LITERATURE FROM ROLAND
AND TRISTAN TO VILLON (3 )

Chanson de Geste, the Roman Courtois,
the Chantefable, poetry, and the theater as
well as verse and prose works by women
authors.

345. THE AGE OF DISCOVERY:
POETRY AND PROSE OF THE
RENAISSANCE AND THE
REFORMATION FROM MAROT
TO MONTAIGNE (3)

French poetry from the Rhetoriqueurs to
the Baroque, essays, and drama. Verse and
prose works by women authors and reli-
gious thinkers have been added for a more
comprehensive view of the era.
Not open to students who received credit for
Frenc/i 380

350. THE FRENCH ROMANTIC
MOVEMENT: POETRY, PROSE
AND THE THEATER (3 )

The Romantic phenomenon from the pre-
romantics and Rousseau to the late nine-

teenth century.

Not open to students who received credit fen-
French 383

355. FRENCH POETRY FROM
BAUDELAIRE TO
THE PRESENT (3)

Exploration of poetry as an expression of
avant-garde thought from the late Roman-
tics to contemporary poets.
Not open to students who received credit fen-
French 371

365. FRENCH MORALISTS AND
THINKERS FROM DESCARTES
TO CAMUS (3)

Survey of French thought from the
Discours de la Methode to La Chute in rela-
tion to contemporary literature.

410f,s. SPECIAL STUDY (2-4)

Supervised to meet the needs of individual
students.

490f,s. INDEPENDENT STUDY (4-8)

Independent research under the supervi-
sion of a member of the department. Ap-
proval by the French department and the
assistant dean of the college is necessary.
Refer to Independent Study, p. 48.

German

Associate Professor:

Ingrid E. Wieshofer, Chair

Each course offered emphasizes the com-
munication skills of understanding,
speaking and writing German. Cultural
as well as linguistic aspects of the German-
speaking world are in all classes at all levels. A
wide selection of classical and contemporary
literary works are read in intermediate and
advanced courses.

German is the language of instruction in
all courses. Majors, minors, and other inter-
ested students are encouraged to live on the
College's German Hall where they can prac-
tice their German aided by a resident teaching
assistant from Germany. They are also invited
to join the German Club and the German

1993-1995 Catalog

Department of German

lunch table. The opportunity to study abroad
is offered to qualified students; they may par-
ticipate in a one or two semester exchange
program with the University of Mainz at
Germersheim.

Students considering a double major
should consult with the department chair as
early as possible.

■ Requirements fortheMajor

Courses required in the discipline:

210,212,222,324,401
10 hours of the following: 301, 305, 306,
309,310,313,350

Students majoring in German are required
to take a minimum of 26 hours beyond
intermediate level courses (200, 201).
Those students beginning the major with
German 100 must complete a minimum of
40 hours; those entering with an equiva-
lent of one year of German at the college
level must complete a minimum of 32
hours; and those entering with an equiva-
lent of two years must complete a mini-
mum of 26 hours.

Entering students who are placed in an
advanced level of German may be given
permission to complete the major with
fewer than 30 hours. Permission is given by
the department chair and the assistant
dean of the college.
Courses recommended for the major:
Students are strongly encouraged to aquire
experience in a German-speaking country
through our exchange program with the
University of Mainz open to them in their
sophomore year, or through an approved
Junior Year Abroad program. We also
highly recommend the Zertifikatsprufung
and Mittelstufenprufung at the Goethe
Institute.

■ Requirements for theMinor

18 hours above the 100 level. While
most of a student's courses will be on
the 200 level, departmental approval
may be given for appropriate 300 level
courses.

Recommendations for the Minor:
Students are strongly encouraged to ac-
quire experience in German through an
internship with a German company and
participation in the Zertifikatsprufung at
the Goethe Institute.

1 OOf . ELEMENTARY GERMAN (4)

Emphasis on speaking and understanding
spoken German, with a sound basis of gram-
mar. Reading and discussion of simple texts.

101s. ELEMENTARY GERMAN (4)

Continuation of 100.

200f . INTERMEDIATE GERMAN (3 )

Practice in spoken German, accompanied
by grammar review. Reading and discussion
of literary texts.
Prerequisite: 101 or equivalent

201s. INTERMEDIATE GERMAN (3)

Continuation of 200.

21 Of. COMPOSITION (3)

Practical course designed to develop flu-
ency in writing German.
Prerequisite: 201

2 12f. CONVERSATION (2)

Practical course designed to develop flu-
ency in oral communication.
Prerequisite: 201 or equivalent

214s. PHONETICS (2)

Theoretical and practical aspects of Ger-
man pronunciation with intensive drills.
Prerequisite: 101 or permission of the
department

Does not fulfill the language requirement for
the International Relations major

222f. INTRODUCTION TO

LITERATURE (4)

Emphasis on lyrical poetry of the
nineteenth and twentieth centuries, a
nineteenth-century Novelle, and a con-
temporary novel.

Prerequisite to all iOO-kvel literature courses
Prerequisite: 201 or equivalent

301f. GOETHE'S FAUST (3)

Intensive study of Part 1 and highlights
from Part II.

305f . CONTEMPORARY DRAMA (3 )

Emphasis on Brecht's epic theatre and con-
temporary Swiss playwrights.
Offered 1993-94 and dtemate years

306s. FRANZ KAFKA (3)

Discussion of major short stories and selec-

Agnes Scott College

Department of German/Gbbal Awareness

(3)

tions from the novels.

Offered 1 994-95 and alternate years

309f. HISTORY OF GERMAN
CIVILIZATION

Major trends from the Middle Ages to

World War II.

Offered 1993-94 and alternate years

310s. GERMAN LIFE AND

THOUGHT (3)

Society and culture in the contemporary
German-speaking world.
Prerequisite: 309

Offered 1993-94 and alternate years

313s. DRAMA AND NOVELLE OF
THE NINETEENTH CENTURY (4)

Reading of representative Novellen and
dramas from Kleist to Hauptmann.
Offered 1993-94 and alternate years

315Lf. (HISTORY 3 15L) EUROPE
1914-1945, GERMAN
COMPONENT (1)

See History 315L for description.

324. ADVANCED GERMAN

LANGUAGE STUDY (3)

Emphasis on stylistics, composition styles,
and vocabulary building working with con-
temporary text materials.
Prerequisite: 210 or permission of the de-
partment

Not open to students who have received credit
for German 224

350f,s. ADVANCED READING (2-3)

Subject matter chosen according to student
interest and needs.

401s. HISTORY OF GERMAN

LITERATURE (4)

Literary trends from the Middle Ages to
the present as exemplified by representa-
tive works of the various periods.
Offered 1 994-95 and alternate years

410. SPECIAL TOPICS (2-4)

Supervised to meet the needs of individual
students.

490f,s. INDEPENDENT STUDY (4-8)

Independent research is arranged under
the supervision of a member of the depart-

ment. Results are presented both orally
and in writing. Refer to Independent
Study, p. 48.

Global
Awareness

Director:

Ruth S. Bettandorff, Associate Dean
of the College

^ gnes Scott College offers an introduc-
tory global awareness program that
. combines classwork in the fall and
spring semesters with a January study abroad
experience. Students study culture and cus-
toms, develop "survival language" skills, and
prepare a research paper while also examining
cross-cultural assumptions and biases. Host
countries vary from year to year and have
recently included Mexico, Russia, Japan, and
South Africa. Language proficiency, while
desirable, is not usually required. Global
Awareness is available to all students in good
standing who have been at Agnes Scott at
least one semester and it is particularly recom-
mended for sophomores as one of their elec-
tives. Fees vary based on destination; recent
prices have ranged from$ 1,200 to $1,500 per
person.

For additional information on interna-
tional opportunities, see "Study Abroad,"
p. 52.

ZOOf. GLOBAL AWARENESS

CONCEPTS (1-3)

Concepts and theories of culture, cultural
diversity, and cross-cultural communica-
tions. Discussion of selected themes com-
mon to the study of cultures. Preparation
for January study-abroad experience. Inter-
disciplinary perspectives from the social
sciences, natural sciences, humanities, and
fine arts. Faculty members include those
leading the study-abroad groups.
Prerequisite: 12 hours of Agnes Scott
credit
Taken as preparation for 201

1993-1995 Catalog

Department of History

201s (January). GLOBAL AWARENESS
EXPERIENCE (3)

January study-abroad experience with
follow-up spring seminar. Students travel
in small groups to a host country where
they experience a new culture, living in
local homes. Emphasis on individual
living/learning experiences under supervi-
sion of Agnes Scott faculty member.
Spring seminar (one hour per week for
4-6 weeks) integrates cross-cultural theory
and experience. Destinations vary from
year to year.
Prerequisite: 200
Special fees required for January travel

History

Professors:

Sarah R. Blanshei, Dean of the College

Michael J. Brown

Penelope Campbell
Associate Professor:

Katharine D. Kennedy
Assistant Professors:

Michele K. Gillespie

Violet M. Johnson

The central purpose of the history
curriculum is to give to students who
come from a variety of cultural tradi-
tions an understanding of the heritage that has
been forged for them over many centuries. By
offering courses in both western and non-west-
em history, it seeks to deepen each student's
appreciation of the achievements and contri-
butions of people from outside her own cul-
tural tradition.

The study of history provides a perspective
from which standards that happen to be in
vogue in our own day may be seen and judged.
By challenging us to understand people who
were very different from ourselves, it teaches
tolerance and open-mindedness. History stu-
dents are required to read widely, to think
critically, and to strengthen their skills in
research and writing. The historical knowl-
edge they acquire provides a framework and a
context in which insights from other disci-
plines— art, literature, philosophy to name

just a few — may be placed and considered. In
this sense, history could claim to be one of the
foundation disciplines of a liberal education,
bringing coherence and continuity to informa-
tion that might otherwise be fragmented and
disjointed.

Members of the History Department be-
lieve that their courses should be accessible to
all students in the College; accordingly, there
are no prerequisites for any course in history.

■ Requirements for theMajor

One two-semester survey course selected
from: 101 and 102; 108 and 109; 110 and
HI; 212 and 213; 250 and 251; 253 and
254

At least eight additional courses, seven of
which must be above the 200 level. These
courses must be selected so as to include at
least one course from each of the following
groups:

Early European History: 305, 306, 307,
371,373

Modem European History: 309, 311,312,
313,314,322

United States History: 325, 326, 328, 329,
330, 331, 332, 334, 335, 338, and 350
Non-Western History: 350, 353, 354, 356,
357,359,361,363

An appropriate course below the 300 level
may be used to satisfy one of these groups.
A major in the department of history re-
quires the completion of at least 30 semes-
ter hours of work in history.
Cross-listed courses taught outside the de-
partment may not be used to satisfy the
minimum requirements for the major.

■ Requirements for theMinor

A minor in history must contain at least 2 1
hours of work in history, at least twelve of
which inust be above the 200 level. The
program must reflect a degree of thoughtful
planning and coherence, and must have the
approval of the chair of the department.

101 f. EUROPE FROM CHARLEMAGNE
TO NAPOLEON (3)

Development of western culture through
Renaissance and Reformation, the forma-
tion of states, the early development of
science, and the age of revolution in En-
gland, America, and France.

Agnes Scott College

Department of History

102s. HISTORY OF MODERN

EUROPE (3)

Industrialization, nationalism, feminism,
world war, communism, Cold War, and
European integration and their effects on
European institutions and society in the
nineteenth and twentieth centuries.

108f. THE UNITED STATES

TO 1876 (3)

Survey of the history of the United States
from the earliest European colonization
through Reconstruction.
hJot open to students who have taken 208

109s. THE UNITED STATES IN

MODERN TIMES (3)

Survey of the history of the United States

since Reconstruction.

Not open to students who have taken 209

1 lOf. INTRODUCTION TO THE
ASIAN WORLD (3)

Major civilizations on the Asian continent
from the Mediterranean to Japan before
the twentieth century.

Ills. THE ASIAN WORLD IN

MODERN TIMES (3)

History and politics of Asian societies and
their interaction with the West in the
twentieth century.

212f. THE HISTORY OF

ENGLAND (3)

Social and political development of the
English people from the Anglo-Saxon
centuries through the civil wars of the sev-
enteenth century.

213s. THE HISTORY OF

ENGLAND (3)

Experiences of the English people from the
reign of King Charles 11 to the reign of
Queen Elizabeth II.

221f. (CLASSICS 221) HISTORY OF
GREEK CIVILIZATION (3)

See Classics 221 for description.

1 500 TO THE PARTITION (3 )

Structures of Sub-Saharan African societ-
ies, the developments leading to the parti-
tion of the continent, and the imposition
of colonial rule.
Not open to students who have taken 1 20

251s. AFRICAN SOCIETIES FROM
THE COLONIAL ERA TO THE
PRESENT (3)

Changes which followed western domina-
tion, African responses to the new struc-
tures, and the road to independence.
Not open to students who have taken 121

253f. AFRICAN AMERICAN

HISTORY TO 1865 (3)

Developments which shaped the
history of the black population of the
United States through the Civil War.
Topics include African beginnings, the
Atlantic slave trade, the institution of
slavery and the slave community, and
black activism.
Not open to students who have taken 333

254s. AFRICAN AMERICAN
HISTORY SINCE
EMPANCIPATION (3)

Developments which have influenced the

history of the black population of the

United States since the Civil War. Topics

include the Great Migration, the Harlem

Renaissance, and the Civil Rights

Movement.

Not open to students who have taken 333

303. (ANTHROPOLOGY 303)
EARLY HISTORY OF THE
AMERICAS (3)

See Anthropology 303 for description.

305. MEDIEVAL CIVILIZATION (3)

Emergence of European cultural traditions,
political institutions, and social organiza-
tion between the decline of the Roman
Empire and the end of the High Middle
Ages.

222f. (CLASSICS 222) HISTORY OF
ROMAN CIVILIZATION (3)

See Classics 222 for description.

250f. AFRICAN SOCIETIES FROM

306s. THE RENAISSANCE (3 )

Civilization of Italy and of Northern
Europe from the time of Dante to the time
of Shakespeare.
Offered 1 994-95 and alternate years

J 993- J 995 Catalog

Department of History

307s. (BIBLE AND RELIGION 370)
THE REFORMATION (3)

Changes in church, state, and society from

the time of Luther to the end of the wars of

religion.

Offered 1993-94 and alternate years

309f. THE FRENCH REVOLUTION
AND NAPOLEON (3)

Causes and events of the French Revolu-
tion and its impact upon Europe; the career
of Napoleon Bonaparte.

31Is. NINETEENTH-CENTURY

EUROPE (3)

Europe from the Congress of Vienna to the
eve of World War I with emphasis on in-
dustrialization, liberalism, nationalism, and
imperialism.

312. HISTORY OF THE SOVIET

UNION (3)

Revolution, ethnicity, reform, stagnation,
and disintegration in Russian and Soviet
politics, culture, economy, and society from
1905 to the present.

313f. EUROPE FROM 1914

TO 1945 (3)

World War I, Nazism, the interwar years,
World War II, and the Holocaust, with
emphasis on ideology, culture, and diplo-
macy.

314s. (POLITICAL SCIENCE 314)
EUROPE SINCE 1945 (3)

Society, economy, culture, and foreign
affairs in Western and Eastern Europe in
the nuclear age.

325f. THE AMERICAN

REVOLUTION AND EARLY
NATIONAL PERIOD, 1763-1815 (3)

Severance of the political, social, and eco-
nomic ties with England and the develop-
ment of a national identity.

326s. JACKSONIAN AMERICA
AND THE ERA OF THE
CIVIL WAR (3)

Economic, political, and social change in
the United States from the rise of
Jacksonian America, and the struggle over
slavery through the Civil War.
Offered 1 994-95 and alternate years

328. THE OLD SOUTH (3)

History of the American South from the
earliest encounters of Native Americans,
Europeans, and Africans through the Civil
War. Topics include cultural conflict and
exchange, slavery and racism, class con-
flict, southern women, and politics.

329s. THE NEW SOUTH (3 )

Political, economic, and cultural changes
in the South since the Civil War.
Offered 1 994-95 and alternate years

330s. (WOMEN'S STUDIES 330)
THE HISTORY OF WOMEN IN
AMERICA (3)

Women's roles and contributions in
United States history from the colonial
period to the present with emphasis on the
impact of industrialization, reform move-
ments, and differences across race,
ethnicity, class, and region.
Offered 1 993-94 and alternate years

315Lf. (GERMAN 315L) EUROPE
1914-1945, GERMAN
COMPONENT (1)

Study of Weimar and Nazi Germany based
on selected primary sources in German.
Prerequisite: German 201 or equivalent
Corequisite: 313

322f. (WOMEN'S STUDIES 322)

WOMEN IN MODERN EUROPEAN
HISTORY (3)

Changing roles of European women at
home, at work, in public life, and in the
arts from the Renaissance to the present.
Offered 1993-94 and alternate years

33 If. RACE, ETHNICITY, AND
IMMIGRATION IN THE U.S.,
1600-1880 (3)

History of the "old immigration" which
was dominated by groups from western
Europe; the relationship between various
ethnic groups; their acculturation; and how
they influenced American society.

332s. RACE, ETHNICITY AND
IMMIGRATION IN THE U.S.
SINCE 1885 (3)

History of the "new immigration;" the
changing sources and composition of
immigrants; their social and economic

Agnes Scott College

Department of History

adjustment; and their contributions to the
increasingly multicultural character of
contemporary America.

334. (POLITICAL SCIENCE 332)
THE UNITED STATES
FROM 1914 TO 1945 (3)

World War I, the New Era of the 1920s,
the New Deal, and World War II.
Offered 1993-94 and alternate years

335f. BLACK PROTEST
THOUGHT IN AMERICA
FROM SLAVERY TO THE
PRESENT (3)

Political, social, and ideological currents
which influenced and shaped the Black
struggle forfreedom, citizenship, and equality.

338. (POLITICAL SCIENCE 340)
THE UNITED STATES
SINCE 1945 (3)

Domestic change and international
involvements since World War II.
Offered 1 994-95 and alternate years

340s. (POLITICAL SCIENCE 328)
U.S.'LATIN AMERICAN
RELATIONS (3)

See Political Science 328 for description.

350. THE AFRICAN DIASPORA (3 )

History of the dispersal of Africans from
the continent to various regions of the
world; the catalysts of dispersal; the distri-
bution of Africans, especially in the
Americas; and the communities which
evolved out of the diaspora.

353s. SOUTH ASIA (3)

History of the Indian Subcontinent from
ancient times to the present, with particu-
lar attention to British rule, the indepen-
dence movement, and contemporary pub-
lic issues in Pakistan, India, and
Bangladesh.
Offered J 993-94 and alternate years

354s. TOPICS IN AFRICAN AND
ASIAN HISTORY (3)

Offered 1 994-95 and alternate years

356f. THE UNITED STATES AND
CHINA (3)

American-Chinese relations from Wash-

ington to Nixon; American interests and

Chinese responses during the last two

centuries.

Offered 1 994-95 and alternate years

35 7f. THE UNITED STATES AND
JAPAN (3)

Historical relationship from Admiral Perry

to President Nixon.

Offered i 994-95 and alternate years

Not open to students who studied this subject

as a topic under 354

359s. (POLITICAL SCIENCE 359)
CONTEMPORARY AFRICA
SOUTH OF THE SAHARA (3 )

Independence and liberation
movements; political, economic, and
social trends since the mid-twentieth
century.

36 If. EMERGENCE OF JAPAN AS A
WORLD POWER (3)

Political and economic transformation of
Japan in the nineteenth and twentieth
centuries.

363s. THE CHINESE
REVOLUTION IN THE
TWENTIETH CENTURY (3)

Development of Chinese communism,
the establishment of the People's Republic,
and the revolutionary remodeling of
Chinese society.

371s. ENGLAND UNDER THE

TUDORS (3)

History of England from 1485 to 1603
with emphasis upon the break from Rome
under Henry VIII and the beginning of
England's imperial role under Queen
Elizabeth 1.
Offered 1993-94 and alternate years

373s. ENGLAND UNDER THE

STUARTS (3)

History of England in the seventeenth cen-
tury, emphasizing the religious, social, and
political concepts carried to America by
the early colonists.
Offered 1 994-95 and alternate years

410f,s. SPECIAL STUDY (2-4)

Supervised study in some field or period of
history.

19934995 Catalog

Interdisciplinary Majors & Courses

490f,s. INDEPENDENT STUDY (4-8)
Independent research under the supervi-
sion of a member of the department. Refer
to Independent Study, p. 48.

Interdisciplinary
Majors &
Courses

The College offers ten established inter-
disciplinary major programs: Art-
Psychology, Art History-Bible and
Religion, Art History-English Literature, Art
History-History, Biology-Psychology, History-
English Literature, International Relations,
Latin American Studies, Mathematics-Eco-
nomics and Mathematics-Physics. A student
interested in other interdisciplinary work may
design her own major in consultation with the
assistant dean of the college.

Courses

INTD 100s. INFORMATION

SCIENCE (3)

A conceptual framework for using micro-
computers as significant information ma-
chines for the realization of ideas.

INTD 401s. ISSUES IN SCIENCE
AND TECHNOLOGY (3)

An integrative examination of motivation
and impact related to scientific and tech-
nological advances.

Majors

Art ' Psychology

Advisors:

Chair, Department of Art
Chair, Department of Psychology

Provides an integrated study of human behav-
ior, balancing the personal, expressive side in

the visual arts with scientific study in psychol-
ogy. Students elect a minimum oi 24 semester
hours in the visual arts and 24 semester hours
in psychology, as well as a one hour interdisci-
plinary project in art and psychology. Other
related courses may be elected, not to exceed a
combined total of 60 semester hours. Students
who are planning to major in this interdiscipli-
nary major should consult with the chairs of
both departments as early in their college ca-
reers as possible, preferably as a first-year stu-
dent.

Required Courses:

Art 102, 103, 161, 162, 240, 270, 480; one
course in the following: 241, 242
Psychology 121, 306, 307, 404, 405; 6 elec-
tive hours
Art 483 (Psychology 483)

Art History - Bible and
Religion

Advisors:

Chair, Department of Art

Chair, Department of Bible and Reli^on

Provides an integrated study of art history and
religion with concentration in specific histori-
cal periods or thematic issues. The student
gains a general knowledge of art history, the
fundamentals of studio art, and a foundation in
Biblical studies and religious thought. Pre-
scribed courses in the departments of Art and
Bible and Religion total 42 hours, including 21
hours in Art and 21 hours in Bible and Reli-
gion. The student elects in addition at least 6
hours in Bible and Religion at the 300 level.
Depending on the topic offered in Art 200 and
with the approval of the department chair, the
latter may fulfill a period requirement in art
history. Other courses may be elected in art
history, studio art, music, and sociology and
anthropology, not to exceed a combined total
of 60 hours.

Required Courses:

Bible and Religion: Two courses: 120 or
130; 208 or 209
Art:102, 103, 161,480
Required Period Courses:
Ancient
Art 201

Agnes Scott College

Interdisciplinary Majors & Courses

Bible 100 and 101

Medieval and Early Modern European

One of the following in Art: 202, 203, 312

Two of the following in Bible and Religion:

307,335,355

Modern European

One of the following in Art: 207, 208, 311

One of the foUwoing in Bible and Religion:

207, 224, 360, 365

Art History
Literature

English

Advisors:

Chair, Deparumnt of Art
Chair, Department of English

Provides an opportunity for integrated study of
art and history and literature. Working in con-
sultation with the department chairs, the stu-
dent designs an interdisciplinary major that
has a chronological or thematic focus comple-
mented by courses in the two disciplines.
Students elect a minimum of 2 1 semester
hours in art and 18 semester hours in English
and American literature.

Courses may be elected in art history, art
theory, studio art, and English and American
literature, not to exceed a combined total of
60 semester hours.

Required Courses:

English 211, 212, 213, or 214
Artl02, 103, 161,480
9 semester hours in art history and theory
1 5 semester hours in English and American
literature above the 200 level
Recommended: English 480

Art History - History

Advisors:

Chair, Department of Art
Chair, Department of History

Provides the student with a general knowledge
of history, art history, and the fundamentals of
studio art. Opportunity to concentrate in spe-
cific historical periods or thematic issues is
provided in both disciplines. Prescribed
courses in the departments of Art and History
total 42 hours, including 21 hours in art and
2 1 hours in history. The student elects in addi-

tion at least another 3 hours of history at the
300 level in order to present a minimum of 1 8
hours in advanced history courses. Depending
on the topic offered in Art 200 and with the
approval of the department chair, the latter
may fulfill a period of requirement in art his-
tory. Other courses may be elected in art his-
tory and studio art, not to exceed a combined
total of 60 semester hours.

Required Courses:

History 101 and 102
Artl02, 103, 161and480
Required Period Courses:
Ancient

Art 201

One of the following courses in history:

221,222

Medieval and Early Modern European

One of the following courses in art: 202,

203,312

Two of the following courses in history:

305, 306, 307

American and Modern European

One of the following courses in art history:

Art 207, 208, 311

One of the following courses in history:

309,311,313,314,322

One of the following courses in history:

325, 326, 328, 329, 330, 331, 332, 334,

338, 350

Biology ' Psychology

Advisors:

Chair, Department of Biology
Department of Psychology

Provides an integrated study of the behavior of
humans and other animals. Students elect a
minimum of 24 semester hours in biology and
18 in psychology, as well as the one-hour in-
terdisciplinary seminar. Other courses may be
elected in the two fields, not to exceed a com-
bined total of 60 semester hours.

Students interested in the biology-psychol-
ogy interdisciplinary major should consult the
chairs of the respective departments as early as
possible in their college careers (ideally before
the beginning of the sophomore year).

Required Courses:

Biology 100, 105, 200, 204, 206, 300, 305,
481 (Psychology 481)

J 993- 1 995 Catalog

Department of Intematioruil Relations

Psychology 121, 220, 306, 307, 405, 481
(Biology 481)

Chemistry 101, lOlL, 102, 102L
Suggested Courses:
Biology: 302, 306

Psychology: at least one course in each of
the following areas of psychology:
Social 130, 305

Personality and Abnormal 310, 312, 316,
406

Developmental 209, 210, 324
It is strongly recommended that students who
plan to pursue graduate work combining these
two fields take Chemistry 202 with laboratory.

History " English Literature

Advisors:

Chair, Department of History
Chair, Department of English

Provides an integrated study of history and
literature. Students will offer a minimum of 15
semester hours in European, English, and
American history above the 100 level and 15
semester hours in English and American lit-
erature above the 200 level. Other courses may
be elected in history and literature, not to ex-
ceed a combined total of 60 semester hours,
and in appropriate correlative studies.

Basic Courses Required:

English 101 and 102 or 103 and 104
History 101 and 102 or 108 and 109 or 212
and 213 or 253 and 254
Required Courses in Historic Periods:
Medieval and Early Modern European

Two of the following:

Histor/305,306,307,371,373

One of the following:

English 306, 308, 309

One of the following:

English 313, 314, 316

One of the following:

English 318, 319, 328, 329

Students are encouraged to consider

appropriate correlative studies in Art,

Music, Theatre, Bible and Religion,

and Philosophy.

American and Modern European

One of the following: History 309, 311,

313,314,322

Two of the following: History 325, 326,

328, 329, 330, 331, 332, 334, 335, 338

Two of the following: English 320 or 323
or 336; 32 1 or 322 or 338; 33 1 or 332 or
333 or 334

Students are encouraged to consider
appropriate correlative studies in Art,
Music, Theatre, Bible and Religion,
and Philosphy.

Mathematics - Economics

Advisors:

Chair, Department of Mathematics
Chair, Departn\ent of Economics

Requirements for the Major

Economics 104, 105, 303, 306, 307
Mathematics 1 18, 1 19, 205, 206, 305, 309
Either Economics 338 or Mathematics 328
An additional three elective courses in
mathematics or economics are required
with at least one in economics. These
courses must be at the 200-level or above
and must be approved by the advisors to
the major in the respective departments.

Mathematics - Physics

Advisors:

Chair, Department of Mathematics

Chair, Department of Physics and Astronomy

Provides an integrated study of mathematics
and its application in theoretical physics. Stu-
dents elect at least 27 semester hours in math-
ematics and 23 semester hours in physics.
Other courses may be elected in mathematics
and physics, not to exceed a combined total of
60 semester hours.

The minimum number of hours required to
fulfill an interdisciplinary major in Mathemat-
ics-Physics is 50.

Basic Courses Required:

Mathematics 205, 206, 309 (the additional
hours must be approved by the department
of Mathematics)

Physics 1 10, 111, and 15 additional hours
as approved by the department of Physics
and Astronomy

Agnes Scott College

Department of Latin American Studies

International
Relations

Advisor:

Associate Professor Cunningham,
Department of Economics

International Relations is the study of the
relations among both nations and non-
governmental parties. The comprehension
of these relationships relies upon the perspec-
tives, theories, insights, and methods of a
number of different disciplines. This major
draws primarily from the disciplines of eco-
nomics, history, and political science.

A prospective major should consult the
advisor of the program in order to develop a
course of study with an appropriate balance
among the disciplines of economics, history,
and political science. She should acquire profi-
ciency in a foreign language, especially if she
plans to study abroad. It is also recommended
that a student complete the intermediate level
of a second foreign language.

International Relations majors are encour-
aged to participate in the various intercultural
courses offered through the Global Awareness
Program and to take advantage of other oppor-
tunities to study abroad.

■ Requirements for theMajor

(Minimum of 36 hours, maximum of

60 hours)
Introductory Courses
Required courses:

Political Science 103 and 105

Economics 104 and 105
Recommended:

Anthropology 101

History 110 and 1 1 for students focusing

on Asia

History 101 and 102 for students focusing

on Europe

Political Science 107 for students focusing

on Latin America

Theory Courses

Four courses, at least three of which

must be in Political Science or three in

Economics:

Political Science 322, 326, 327, 354, 380,
385, 399; Economics 315, 316, 334, 350,
351; Anthropology 274, 307
Geographic Areas
Four courses from among three of the
following groups:

Europe: History 311, 312, 313, 314
Asia: History 353, 356, 357, 361, 363
Africa: History 214, 215, 250, 251, 350,
359

Latin America: Political Science 328, 329,
342; Economics 360; Anthropology 303,
304

Global Awareness 201 may be counted
toward the appropriate geographic require-
ment.

Language

One course beyond the intermediate level
in a modem foreign language (does not
count toward the major)
Additional courses that count toward the
major:

Economics: 315, 316, 334, 350, 351
History: 250, 251, 311, 312, 313, 314, 350,
353,356,357,359,361,363
Political Science: 322, 326, 354, 378, 380,
399

French: 308
Spanish: 307
German: 309, 310, 324

Latin

American

Studies

Advisor:

Assistant Professor Ocasio, Department of
Spanish

The program in Latin American Studies
seeks to give students a broad, inte-
grated knowledge of Latin American
history, society, politics, economics, culture;
an understanding of the profound differences
and occasional commonalities between North
America and its neighbors to the south; an
appreciation of the richness and diversity of

J993-J995CaM/og

Departments of Japanese/Mathematics

Latin American society and peoples; and to
encourage the achievement of proficiency in
the Spanish language. By so doing, the pro-
gram seeks to equip students for graduate
study, teaching, and/or careers in the public
and private sector where knowledge of Latin
America is a prerequisite.

■ Requirements for theMajor

Required Courses:

Political Science 107 and 320

At least one course must be taken from

each of the following groups:

Anthropology: 303, 304

Economics: 334, 360

International Politics: Political Science

328 (History 340), 329

Latin American Literature: Spanish 344,

354; two additional courses in Spanish

beyond the intermediate level (except 307

and 357)

All majors must complete a minimum of

24 hours in addition to the basic courses,

not to exceed a total of 60 semester hours.

Majors must take at least one topics course.

A minimum of 1 2 hours beyond the basic

courses must be completed at Agnes Scott

College.

Students are strongly encouraged to

aquire experience in a Spanish-speaking

country through the Global Awareness

Program or an approved study abroad

program.
Other courses in Latin American Studies:

Political Science 211 (Sociology 214), 342

(Bible and Religion 350)
Additional courses that count toward

the major:

Students may take up to three courses from

the following:

Political Science 322, 354 (Philosophy

305)

Economics 315 (Political Science 315),

350,351

Spanish 3 1 1

■ Requirements for theMinor

Political Science 107

One course in Spanish beyond 201 (except

307 and 357)

One course from each of the following

areas:

Political Science: 320, 328, 329

Anthropology: 303, 304

Economics: 334, 360

One other course from the Latin American

Studies curriculum:

Political Science: 211 (Sociology 214),

322, 342 (Bible and Religion 350), 354

(Philosophy 305)

Economics: 315 (Political Science 315),

350,351

Spanish: 311

Japanese

lOlf. ELEMENTARY JAPANESE I (4)

Fundamentals of spoken and written Japa-
nese. Development of reading, writing,
speaking, and listening skills, with empha-
sis on the development of conversational
fluency in socio-cultural contexts.

102s. ELEMENTARY JAPANESE II (4)

Continuation of Japanese 101.

Mathematics

Associate Professors:

Robert A. Leslie
Myrtle H. Lewin
Lawrence H. Riddle, Chair
Assistant Professor:
Daniel F. Waggoner

The curriculum in the Department of
Mathematics is designed to help stu-
dents think clearly and logically; to
analyze problems; to understand and be able to
use the language, theory, and techniques of
mathematics; and to develop skills and acquire
mathematical tools needed in the application
of mathematics. The courses offered give
mathematics majors a solid background for
graduate study, teaching at the secondary
school level, and professional employment. A
student interested in mathematics and either
physics or economics is invited to consider a
mathematics-physics or mathematics-econom-
ics major.

100

Agnes Scott College

Department of Mathematics

■ Requirements for theMajor

205,206,305,321,480
A minimum of five courses at the 300 level
or above, excluding 480
One course from each of the following
groups: 315, 331, 352 and 309, 312, 328
Students ivho are planning to major in math-
ematics should take calculus at the appropriate
level in the first year.

115 is not counted toward the minimum 30-
hour major if taken after completion of 328.
101 and 150 are not counted toward the mini-
mum 30'hour majcn.

The minimum number of hours required to
fulfill a major in Mathematics is 38.

■ Requirements for theMinor

The mathematics minor is designed for
those students who wish to study math-
ematics significantly beyond the introduc-
tory level and focus on an area of special
interest without accomplishing a major. A
student planning a minor in mathematics
is required to consult with the department
to insure the coherence and relevance of
the program of study planned.
Mathematics 205

At least three additional courses at the 200
or 300 level, one of which must he at the
300 level.

101f,s. FINITE MATHEMATICS (3)

Topics appropriate to the social and man-
agement sciences. The topics are selected
from set theory, logic, matrix algebra, lin-
• ear programming, mathematical models,
and financial mathematics.

104s. INTRODUCTION TO

MATHEMATICAL THOUGHT (3)

Introduction to some of the major themes
and ideas in mathematics, methods used in
their applications, and their historical
context.

115s. ELEMENTARY

STATISTICS (3)

Statistical measures and distributions, prob-
ability and its application to statistical in-
ference, linear correlation, hypothesis test-
ing, confidence intervals, and applications
in the natural and social sciences.
Does not satisfy Distributional Standard in
Mathematics

1 1 7f,s. PRECALCULUS (4)

Topics to include algebra, trigonometry,
functions, and analytic geometry.

118f,s. CALCULUS I (4)

Introduction to differentiation and integra-
tion of the standard functions of math-
ematics, with applications.

119f,s. CALCULUS II (4)

Continuation of 1 18, to include topics
chosen from the integral and its applica-
tions, techniques of integration, improper
integrals, and indeterminate forms.
Prerequisite: 118

150f,s INTRODUCTION TO

COMPUTER PROGRAMMING (2)

An introduction to computers, principles
of problem solving in a structured program-
ming environment, programming tech-
niques, and applications.
Does not satisfy Distributional Standard in
Mathematics

205f,s CALCULUS III (4)

Continuation of 1 19 to include topics
chosen from the approximation of func-
tions, series and sequences, and the calcu-
lus of parametric curves, polar equations,
and functions of two variables.
Prerequisite: 119

206s. LINEAR ALGEBRA (4)

Vector spaces, linear transformations, ma-
trices, and determinants, with applications
to systems of linear equations, geometry,
and other selected topics.
Prerequisite or corequisite: 205 or permis-
sion of the instructor

2 lOf. DISCRETE STRUCTURES (3 )

Basic concepts and techniques of the
mathematics of discrete structures.
Topics selected from sets, equivalence
relations, elementary algebraic structures,
enumeration, recurrence relations,
generating functions, graphs, trees, Euler
circuits, and the inclusion-exclusion
principal.

This course includes mathematical topics of
particular value to students interested in
computer science .
Prerequisite: 1 18 or permission of the

1993-1995 Caco/og

101

Departments ofMathematicsfMnsic

250s. INTERMEDIATE COMPUTER
PROGRAMMING (3)

Design of well-structured algorithms and
their implementation in Pascal, modular
programming techniques, the effective use
of the fundamental data structures includ-
ing records and files, and an introduction
to dynamic data structures.
Prerequisite: 118, 150 or permission of the
instructor

305s. CALCULUS IV (4)

Continuation of 205 to include vectors,
curves, surfaces, partial differentiation,
multiple integrals, and introduction to vec-
tor analysis.

Prerequisite: 205, 206 or permission of the
department chair

309f. DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS (4)

First and second order differential equa-
tions, higher order, linear, ordinary differ-
ential equations, existence and uniqueness
theorems and applications.
Prerequisite: 205
Offered ] 993-94 and alternate years

3 1 2s. NUMERICAL ANALYSIS (4)

Numerical methods in mathematics in-
cluding numerical solutions of equations,
linear and nonlinear systems of equations,
numerical differentiation and integration,
and curve fitting.

Prerequisite: 205, 250 or permission of the
instructor
Offered 1993-94 and alternate years

314f. INTRODUCTION TO MODERN
GEOMETRY (4)

Affine, projective, and Euclidean geom-
etries and their postulational development.
Prerequisite: 205

Offered J 993-94 and alternate years

315s. TOPOLOGY (4)

Topological and metric spaces, continuity,
compactness, and connectedness, with
special emphasis on the topology of R".
Prerequisite: 205
Offered 1 994-95 and alternate years

32 If. INTRODUCTION TO MODERN
ABSTRACT ALGEBRA (4)

Important algebraic structures, including
groups, rings, integral domains, and fields.

Prerequisite: 205

325f. MATHEMATICAL MODELS
AND APPLICATIONS (4)

Development of techniques of model build-
ing. Applications to illustrate the tech-
niques are drawn principally from the natu-
ral and social sciences.
Prerequisite: 205
Offered 1 994-95 and alternate years

328s. MATHEMATICAL STATISTICS
AND PROBABILITY (4)

Basic statistical methods in the classical

theory of inferential statistics, probability

theory, estimation, hypothesis testing, and

applications.

Prerequisite: 205

Offered 1 994-95 and alternate years

33 If. FUNDAMENTALS OF REAL
ANALYSIS (4)

The topology of the real number system,
and the axiom of completeness. Rigorous
development of some central ideas in
analysis, including limits, continuity of
frinctions, and convergence of sequences
and series.
Prerequisite: 205
Offered 1 994-95 and alternate years

350s. DATA STRUCTURES AND
ALGORITHM ANALYSIS (4)

Some fundamental algorithms in com-
puter science and their associated data
structures. Formal approach to the
verification of algorithms, with an empha-
sis on space and time considerations.
Topics to be covered include stacks,
queues, linked lists, trees, graphs, searching
and sorting techniques, and numerical
algorithms.

Prerequisite: 1 19 or permission of the in-
structor, 210 and 250
Offered 1993-94 and alternate years

352s. INTRODUCTION TO

COMPLEX ANALYSIS (4)

The algebra of complex numbers, analytic
functions, elementary functions, linear
fractional transformations, mappings, inte-
grals, power series, Laurent series, and resi-
due calculus.
Prerequisite: 205
Offered i 993-94 and alternate years

102

Agnes Scott College

Department ofMusic

(2-4)
480f. MATHEMATICS SEMINAR ( 1 )

410f,s. SPECIAL STUDY

Open to majors only

490f,s. INDEPENDENT STUDY (4-8)

Independent research arranged under the
supervision of a member of the department.
Refer to Independent Study, p. 48.

Music

Professor:

Ronald L. Bymside
Associate professors:

Calvert Johnson
Theodore K. Mathews
Instructor:

Rowena S. Renn

The Department of Music provides a
curriculum designed to prepare its
majors for graduate study and the pro-
fessional music world. It also seeks to meet the
needs of nonmajors through a variety of
courses in music appreciation and applied
music. The guiding philosophy in all instruc-
tion is that music is a humanistic, not a
mechanistic discipline, and is a central part of
a true liberal education.

■ Requirements for theMajor

Courses:

A minimum of 14 hours in music theory
consisting of 11 1 , 112, 211 and 212 or 211,
212 and two 300-level theory courses; 213,
214,305,480
Performance:

A minimum of 10 semester hours in one
instrument or voice and a maximum of 1 8
semester hours in applied music. A mini-
mum of eight semester hours in one applied
area is permitted if the student elects to do
a project in lieu of a senior recital. Students
concentrating in voice will be asked to
demonstrate some proficiency on the
piano by the end of their sophomore or
junior year.

A senior recital or project 410 or 490 (in
lieu of recital)

Ensemble Experience:

A minimum of two years in an approved
College ensemble

The minimum number of hours required
for a music major at Agnes Scott College is
36 for those who are excepted from Music
111-112. The normal minimum for most
students is 38 hours; for those who do a
project in lieu of a Senior Recital, the
minimum will be 39 hours; and for those
who are exempted from 111-112 and who
do a project in lieu of Senior Recital, the
minimum will be 37 hours.

Requirements for the Minor

A minimum of twenty hours in the depart-
ment including Music 1 1 1 and 1 12. A mi-
nor program may have an emphasis in per-
formance, theory, or history, but its specific
design must be created with the guidance
and approval of the department chair.

Music Appreciation

106f. INTRODUCTION TO THE ART
OF MUSIC I (3)

Basic concepts and tenninology appropri-
ate to various kinds of music. The relation-
ship of music to society and the other arts.
Intended for nonmajors

107s. INTRODUCTION TO THE
ART OF MUSIC II (3)

A continuation of 106 with special
emphasis on the concept of style.
Prerequisite: 106 or permission of the
instructor

204s. HISTORY OF JAZZ (3)

Trends, developments, and personalities in
American jazz.

205f. AMERICAN POPULAR

MUSIC (3)

A chronological study of American
popular music in the eighteenth, nine-
teenth, and twentieth centuries.
Works examined in terms of musical and
textual content and in the light of their
sociological contexts.

1 993- J 995 Catalog

103

Department of Music

Theory and History
of Music

1 08f . FOUNDATIONS OF MUSIC (3 )

Designed for students with little or no
knowledge of music theory, the course
teaches the elements of music in sufficient
depth to enable the student to read music
and compose song forms.
Not open to students who have had 1 1 1

1 1 If. BASIC THEORY AND

MUSICIANSHIP I (4)

Key signatures, scales, and part-writing
with the laboratory devoted to sight
singing and ear training.
3 LEG, 1 LAB

1 12s. BASIC THEORY AND

MUSICIANSHIP II (4)

A continuation of 1 11 with emphasis on
chord formations and organizations.
3 LEG, 1 LAB
Prerequisite: 111

207f. VOCAL MUSIC (3)

TTie history, musical analysis, literature
and performance practice of classical solo
song.

21 If. ADVANCED MUSIC

THEORY I (4)

Continuation of 1 1 2 with emphasis on func-
tional tonality and chromatic harmony.
3 LEG, 1 LAB
Prerequisite: 112

212s. ADVANCED MUSIC

THEORY II (4)

A continuation of 211 with emphasis on
functional tonality and classical forms.
3 LEG, 1 LAB
Prerequisite: 211

213f. MUSIC BEFORE 1750 (3)

A chronological study of Western art
music from the Greek civilization through
the Baroque era.
Prerequisite: 112

214s. MUSIC OF THE CLASSICAL
AND ROMA>4TIC PERIODS (3 )

A chronological study of Western art mu-

sic from the late eighteenth, nineteenth,
and early twentieth centuries.
Prerequisite: 213

217f. SYNTHESIZER I (1)

Synthesizer keyboards, including their
principles of operation, their methods of
performance, the programming of sounds,
and the composing and editing of scores
using computer software.
Prerequisite: permission of instructor

220s. (WOMEN'S STUDIES 220)

WOMEN IN MUSIC (3)

An historical and sociological overview of
the role women have played in music as
composers, performers, teachers, critics,
historians, theorists, and patrons not only
in the European art tradition but in other
traditions as well from antiquity to the
present.

305f. TWENTIETH-CENTURY

MUSIC (3)

The characteristics and tendencies of mu-
sic since 1900. Outstanding composers and
significant works are studied.
Prerequisite: 214 or (for nonmajors) 106
and permission of the instructor

3 1 If. ORCHESTRATION (3)

A course to develop skills in the writing,
reading and analysis of orchestral scores.
Emphasis is placed on writing.
Prerequisite: 212 or 112 and permission of
the instructor

3 1 2s. FORM AND ANALYSIS (3 )

A detailed examination of formal controls
as revealed in selected contrapuntal and
homophonic works of music.
Prerequisite: 212

313s. TECHNIQUES OF
COMPOSITION

(3)

380s. SPECIAL TOPICS IN MUSIC (3)

Topics of special interest in music history
or theory.

410f,s. SENIOR STUDY IN MUSIC
THEORY OR HISTORY (2-4)

Specialized study for majors to meet the
needs of the individual students.

104

Agnes Scott College

Department of Music

480s. SENIOR SEMINAR (3)

Specialized areas of music designed to meet
the needs of students in the seminar.
Open to senior music majors only

490f,s. INDEPENDENT STUDY (4-8)

Independent research arranged under the
supervision of a member of the department.
Refer to Independent Study, p. 48.

Church Music

208f. HISTORY OF SACRED MUSIC
(BIBLE AND RELIGION 208) (3 )
Development of liturgy and worship prac-
tices, and especially of the role of music in
Jewish and Christian worship.
Offered 1994-95 and alternate years

209f. HYMNOLOGY (BIBLE AND
RELIGION 209) (3)

Development of Christian hymnody from

its Jewish roots to the present day and of its

relationship to the history of the Christian

Church.

Offered 1993-94 and alternate years

Music Education

Students who may be interested in pursuing a
certification program are referred to the
Education Department description of our
state approved program.

Applied Music

For the J 993-94 academic year, the applied music
fee is $27 per Iwur of instruction; the Music 150
and 180 fee is $14 per hour of instruction. There
is no fee for music majors or minors or for students
who are taking or have taken Music 111.

Credit is awarded for applied music offered by
the College as follows:
One credit hour for each semester at the
100 and 200 level; two credit hours for
each semester above the 200 level

Applied music lessons do not satisfy the Distri-
butional Standard in fine arts.

The prerequisite for individual lessons in voice
is Music 180 or permission of the instruc-

tor. Also, no students are permitted organ
instruction without a background on key-
board. Beginning level instruction on
piano and voice are offered in the follow-
ing courses:

150Af,s. CLASS PIANO I (1)

Class instruction on piano for students who
are beginners on the instrument. Students
are taught in a piano laboratory, and those
who complete 150A will normally proceed
into 150B unless the instructor believes the
student's skills are developed sufficiently to
warrant her being placed into 151 for indi-
vidual lessons.

150Bf,s. CLASS PL\NO II (1)

Class instruction for students who may
have had some training on the instrument
but whose skills are undeveloped and in
need of review. Laboratory instruction for
them begins at this level. Students from
150A also elect 150B unless exempted by
the instructor. Students with adequate
training begin individual lessons in 151.

180f,s. CLASS VOICE (1)

The study of vocal technique including
physiological and anatomical aspects of
singing as well as diction and song prepara-
tion.

Beginning level instruction is also offered in
strings (170A, 170B) and winds (190A,
190B), and students here will also be given
group instruction when registration justifies
it. One hour of instruction and six hours of
practice weekly are required of all students
who take applied music for credit. A per-
formance exam will be conducted at the
end of each semester. The music major
may register for two additional credit hours
for her senior recital.

Nonmajors may earn a maximum of fourteen
credit hours. After four semesters,
nonmajors who wish to continue applied
music must take a course in Music Theory,
or some other approved course in the Mu-
sic Department.

Noncredit: Students who wish to take applied
music without credit are required to pay a
fee.

Courses in applied music are numbered
as follows:

1993-1995 Catalog

105

Department ofPhibsophy

Harpsichord: 141, 142; 241, 242; 341, 342;

441, 442; 449 (Senior Recital)

Piano: 150A, 150B (for beginners), 151,

152; 251, 252; 351, 352; 451, 452; 459

(Senior Recital)

Organ: 161, 162; 261, 262; 361, 362; 461,

462; 469 (Senior Recital)

Percussion: 193, 194; 293, 294; 393, 394;

493, 494; 498 (Senior Recital)

Strings: 170A, 170B (for beginners), 171,

172; 271, 272; 371, 372; 471, 472; 479

(Senior Recital)

Voice: 180 (for beginners), 181, 182; 281,

282; 381, 382; 481, 482; 489 (Senior Re-

cital)

Winds: 190A, 190B (for beginners), 191,

192; 291, 292; 391, 392; 491, 492; 499

(Senior Recital)

Prerequisite: written permission of the

department chair

Ensembles

The Agnes Scott Glee Club studies sacred and
secular choral music, and it performs sev-
eral times during the year. It is open to
students without fee and membership is by
audition. Other ensembles open to quali-
fied students include London Fog, a jazz
vocal group; Joyful Noise, a gospel vocal
group; flute choir, and the Agnes Scott
College Community Orchestra.

Philosophy

Professors:

David P. Behan
Richard D. Parry

There are two different but complemen-
tary approaches to courses in philoso-
phy. The systematic approach is
through courses which deal with specific prob-
lems (e.g., 104, 130, 232). The historical
approach is through courses in the history of
philosophy (e.g., 206, 209, 210). Students con-
sidering courses in philosophy should seek the
advice of the members of the department con-
cerning particular courses.

The requirements for the major in philoso-

phy embody two goals. The first is that the
student learn, through close work with primary
sources, the ideas of the major philosophers.
The second is that the student develop and
practice techniques of critical analysis and
constructive reasoning. In fulfilling the
requirements, the student majoring in philoso-
phy acquires a thorough grounding in the ma-
jor areas of the discipline and also develops her
own critical and creative philosophical skills.

■ Requirements for theMajor

Students considering a major in philosophy

should try to complete 103, 206, and 209

before the end of the sophomore year.

Logic: 103 or 220

History of Philosophy: 206 and 209

Value Theory: 104 or 130

Metaphysics and Epistemology: three

courses from the following: 320, 323, 324,

325,326 339,340,341

The minimum number of hours required

for a Philosophy major is 30.

■ RequirennentsfortheMinor

Logic: 103 or 220

History of Philosophy: 206 and 209

Value Theory: 104 or 130

Metaphysics and Epistemology: two courses

from the following: 320, 323, 324, 325,

339, 340, 341

103s. INTRODUCTION TO LOGIC (3)

An introduction both to the rudiments of
critical thinking, with emphasis on
analysis of ordinary discourse into formal
symbolism, and to the properties of formal
systems.

104f. ETHICS (3)

Consideration of some contemporary moral
issues, such as euthanasia, abortion, war,
and world hunger, and their relation to
ethical theories from Plato to the present.

105f. PHENOMENOLOGY AND

EXISTENTIALISM (3)

Phenomenology and existentialism
through readings in Husserl, Heidegger,
and Sartre.

110s. SCIENCE AND

PHILOSOPHY (3)

Introduction to the philosophic issues con-

106

Agnes Scott College

Department of Philosophy

ceming the nature and certainty of scien-
tific knowledge.

[30f. (POLITICAL SCIENCE 130)
POLITICAL AND LEGAL
PHILOSOPHY (3)

The major figures in poUtical and legal
philosophy from Plato to Marx.

308f. THE CLASSIC PERIOD OF
AMERICAN PHILOSOPHY (3)

Pragmatism in the works of Peirce, James,

Royce, and Dewey.

Prerequisite: 206 or permission of the

instructor

Offered by arrangement with instructor

Alternates with 341

201s. (CLASSICS 201) THE GREEK
SETTING OF THE SOCRATIC
DIALOGUES (3)

Intensive study of some early dialogues of
Plato with special reference to the political
and historical context in which they were
written.

206f. (CLASSICS 223) HISTORY OF
ANCIENT PHILOSOPHY (3)

The thought of major figures in Western
philosophy from the pre-Socratic era to the
Middle Ages.

209s. SEVENTEENTH- AND
EIGHTEENTH-CENTURY
PHILOSOPHY (3)

The historical development of philosophic
thought in the seventeenth and eighteenth
centuries. Readings in Descartes, Spinoza,
Locke, Berkeley, Hume, and Kant.

220s. SYMBOLIC LOGIC (3 )

The language and rules of derivation for
sentential and predicate logic.
Prerequisite: permission of the
• instructor
Offered by arrangement with instructor

232s. (THEATRE 242)

AESTHETICS (3)

Consideration of such issues as the
nature of the experience in the various arts,
the status of the artistic object, and the
objectivity of judgment in art.

305s. (POLITICAL SCIENCE 354)
MARX AND VARIETIES OF
SOCIALISM (3)

The thought of Karl Marx and its
development in subsequent socialist theory
and practice. Topics such as Bernstein's
revisionism, Leninism, Chinese Commu-
nism, and Yugoslav self-management are
considered.
Offered J 993-94 and alternate years

312s. (POLITICAL SCIENCE 312)
PHILOSOPHY OF LAW ( 3 )

Critical examination of natural law theory,

legal positivism, legal realism, and critical

legal studies. Particular emphasis on Hart

and Dworkin.

Prerequisite: 1 30 or permission of the

instructor

Alternates with 3 i 3

313s. PHILOSOPHICAL ASPECTS OF
ABORTION (3)

Moral, legal and political aspects of

abortion.

Prerequisite: 130 and 312

Alternates with 3 1 2

315s. (BIBLE AND RELIGION 345)
PHILOSOPHY OF RELIGION (3 )

See Bible and Religion 345 for

description.

Prerequisite: one course in philosophy, or

Bible and Religion 101 or 110

317s. (POLITICAL SCIENCE 357)
NEO-MARXISM (3)

Examination of major Marxist theorists of

the twentieth century and of the problems

and conditions that have shaped their

thought.

Prerequisite: 305 or permission of the

instructor

Offered 1994-95 and alternate years

320s. PLATO (3)

Intensive study of selected dialogues.

Prerequisite: 206 or 104

Offered J 993-94 and alternate years

323f,s. KANT'S CRITICAL

PHILOSOPHY (3)

Intensive study of Kant's Critique of Pure

Reason.

Prerequisite: 209

Offered by arrangement with instructor
Alternates with 326

I993-J995Cato/og

107

rtment of Physical Education

324s. ARISTOTLE (3)

Intensive study of topics selected from the

logical, epistemological, and metaphysical

works.

Prerequisite: 206

Offered 1 994-95 and alternate years

325f. MEDIEVAL PHILOSOPHY (3)

Beginning with the neo-Platonism of
St. Augustine, the course considers
developments in and relations among writ-
ings of such thinkers as Abailard, St.
Anselm, Abu Ali al-Husayn ibn Sina,
Moses Maimonides, St. Thomas Aquinas,
John Duns Scotus, and William of
Ockham.
Prerequisite: 206

326f. DESCARTES (3)

Descartes' major philosophic works in the
context of his natural science.
Prerequisite: 209

Offered by arrangement with the instructor
Alternates with 323

339s. THEORY OF KNOWLEDGE (3 )

A critical study of major issues in contem-
porary epistemology.

Prerequisite: 1 10, 209, and 220, or permis-
sion of the instructor
Offered by arrangement with instructor
Alternates with 340

340s. THE METAPHYSICAL

PROBLEM OF THE SELF (3 )

Contemporary metaphysical theories of the
self assessed in comparison with those of
Descartes, Locke, and Hume. Particular
emphasis upon the concept of person and
the philosophic problem of personal iden-
tity.

Prerequisite: permission of the instructor
Alternates with 339

341f. CURRENT PHILOSOPHICAL
ISSUES (3)

Consideration of issues such as realism and
the autonomy of language, raised by con-
temporary thinkers, including
Wittgenstein, Kripke, Rorty, and Putnam.
Prerequisite: 209

4 1 Of ,s. SPECIAL STUDY (2-4)

Supervised intensive study in fields or peri-
ods of philosophy.

490f,s. INDEPENDENT STUDY (4-8)

Independent research arranged under the
supervision of a member of the department.
Refer to Independent Study, p. 48.

Physical
Education

Associate Professor:

Marylin B. Darling, Chair
Instructors:

Catherine Benton
Cynthia Peterson
Nancy Rast
Bing Wei : .

^gnes Scott College has a tradition of
recognizing that physical activity is
I essential component of the total
growth and education of women. Physical
education is required of all students in the
academic program, not only for physical well-
being, but to develop lifetime activities for
fitness and recreation. Four semester hours of
physical education are required for graduation.
No more than four semester hours will count
toward the 1 24 hours necessary for graduation. •
Letter grades are given but do not count in the
quality-point ratio.

Students with no prior physical education
on the college level will take one course, in
Fitness and Health Assessment. Other courses
taken to fijlfill the four semesters requirement
may be taken from any area; however, it is
strongly recommended that students take at
least one course from the Lifetime Activities
area.

The Robert W. Woodmff Physical
Activities Building with its basketball courts,
eight-lane 25-meter swimming pool, and
weight room with Nautilus equipment; the
track and field; and the dance studios and
racquetball courts in the Alston Campus
Center provide quality facilities for classes,
recreational opportunities, and club and inter-
collegiate sports.

108

Agnes Scott College

Department of Physical Education

Fitness and Health
Assessment

101. AEROBIC DANCE (1)

Fitness through continuous movement.

102. BODY FITNESS (1)

Fitness through use of weight training.

103. FITNESS SWIMMING ( 1 )

Fitness through lap swimming and interval

workouts.

Prerequisite: Intermediate level swimming

strokes

105. HYDROBICS (1)

Fitness through vigorous water exercises.

1 06. JOGGING FOR FITNESS ( 1 )

Fitness through individualized running
programs.

1 08. LOW IMPACT AEROBICS ( 1 )

Fitness through movement in which one
foot is in contact with the floor at all times.

109. STEP AEROBICS (1)

Fitness achieved through continuous
movement using levels to vary intensity,
resistance, and speed.

Lifetime Activities

lll.RACQUETBALL (1)

Skills, etiquette, safety, and injury preven-
tion of racquetball.

112. FENCING (1)

Foil fencing for the individual with little or
no experience. Skills, techniques, and
bouting covered.

1 14. FOLK, SQUARE, AND SOCIAL
DANCE (1)

International folk dances, American square
dances, and social dance from 1930 to the
present taught.
Offered J 994-95 and alternate years.

115. GOLF (1)

Basic skills covered. Rules and golf
etiquette are included. Several trips made

to the driving range. (Fee required)

116. (DANCE 213) JAZZ (1)

Beginning elements of jazz dance explored
along with jazz technique, terminology,
and history.

117. RIDING I (1)

Beginning riding; dressage seat geared
toward combined training. Taught off-
campus. (Fee required)

118. RIDING II (1)

Intermediate riding. Continuation of
Riding I. Taught off-campus. (Fee required)
Prerequisite: Riding I or permission of the
instructor

119. RIDING III (1)

Advanced Riding. Students perform basic
dressage on difficult horses. Includes possi-
bilities for jumping. Taught off-campus.
(Fee required)
Prerequisite: Riding II or permission of the

120. SWIMMING (1)

Swimming for the beginner and intermedi-
ate. Five basic strokes covered.

122. TAP AND CLOG (1)

Basic elements of tap and clog. A dance in
each area is taught each session.
Offered 1 993-94 and alternate years

123. TENNIS (1)

Tennis for the individual with little or no
prior experience. Forehand, backhand
drives, and the serve with game procedures
and rules covered.

1 25. TRACK AND FIELD ( 1 )

Introduction of track and field events.

127. VOLLEYBALL/BADMINTON ( 1 )

Basic skills, rules, and strategies needed to
participate in volleyball and badminton.

Team Sports

130. BASKETBALLA^OLLEYBALL ( 1 )

Basic skills of basketball and volleyball
covered. Strategies, team play, and rules for
both sports included.

1 993- J 995 Catalog

109

Department of Physics & Astronomy

131. BASKETBALL/BADMINTON ( 1 )

Basic skills, rules, and strategies of basket-
ball and badminton.

132. SOFTBALL (1)

Basic skills covered. Team play and njles
incorporated.

134. SOCCERA^OLLEYB ALL ( 1 )

Basic skills, rules, and strategies of soccer
and volleyball.

Specialized Activities

140. (DANCE 211) BALLET ( 1 )

Beginning ballet technique, terminology,
and history as well as the Cecchetti posi-
tions.

142. LIFEGUARD TRAINING ( 1 )

Red Cross certified lifeguard training

course.

Prerequisite: Advanced level swimming;

ability to swim 500 yards; current first aid

and CPR certificates required no later than

ten days after the completion of the course

to receive certification (Fee required)

143. RESPONDING TO
EMERGENCIES (1)

Enables students to recognize when an
emergency has occurred, follow an emer-
gency action plan for any emergency, and
provide care for injuries or sudden illness
until professional medical help arrives.

144. (DANCE 212) MODERN
DANCE (1)

Beginning modem dance technique, im-
provisation, and elements of contemporary
dance are emphasized.

146. SYNCHRONIZED
SWIMMING (1)

Basic synchronized swimming strokes and

figures are covered. Students perform a

routine at the end of the semester.

Prerequisite: Advanced level swimming

strokes

Offered 1 994-95 and alternate years

147. WATER SAFETY
INSTRUCTORS (1)

Red Cross water safety instructor course.

Students perfect swimming skills, learn
techniques of teaching all levels of swim-
ming.

Prerequisite: Introduction to Health
Services Education course taught at Red
Cross service centers (4 hours); Advanced
lifesaving; permission of the instructor;
screening test is given (Fee required)
Offered J 993-94 ard alternate years

1 48. SKIN AND SCUBA DIVING ( 1 )

Techniques and requirements for scuba
diving certification. Scuba certification will
be awarded upon successful completion of
the course, which includes open water
dives (off-campus trip).
Prerequisite: Proficient water skills,
lifeguard training or permission of the in-
structor (Fee required)
Offered 1 994-95 and alternate years

Club Activities and
Inter^Collegiate Sports

Students wishing to complete part or all of their
second year of physical education by participation
in club activities or intercollegiate sports may do so
if they meet the prerequisites.

200. BASKETBALL TEAM ( 1 )

Prerequisite: permission of the instructor

202. CROSS COUNTRY ( 1 )
Prerequisite: permission of the instructor

203. AQUATIC SCOTTIES CLUB (1)
Prerequisite: selection by tryout and per-
mission of the instructor

205. SOCCER TEAM (1)
Prerequisite: permission of the instructor

206. STUDIO DANCE THEATRE ( 1 )
Prerequisite: selection by audition and
permission of the instructor

207. TENNIS TEAM (1)
Prerequisite: team selection by tryout and
permission of the instructor

209. VOLLEYBALL TEAM

Prerequisite: permission of the
instructor

(1)

110

Agnes Scott College

Department of Physics & Astronomy

Physics &
Astronomy

Associate Professors:

Arthur L. Bowling, Jr.
Alberto C. Sadun

Physics and astronomy are attempts to
understand and to predict as many natu-
ral phenomena as possible, using a few
conceptual models tested by experiment and
observation. Hie preparation acquired through
concentration in physics or astrophysics pro-
vides a general, flexible foundation for gradu-

ate study or for professional work in physics, PhvsicS

astronomy, or engineering.

A student interested in both physics and
mathematics is invited to consider a math-
ematics-physics major.

Astronomy courses incorporate the use of
the Bradley Observatory and the College's
30-inch Beck telescope located at Hard Labor
Creek Observatory.

the discipline and 2 Mathematics courses.

Requirements for the Minor

PHYSICS

Physics no. 111 ; at least 14 additional
hours in physics (for a total of 22 physics
hours) as approved by the department

ASTROPHYSICS

Physics 110, 111; Astronomy 120, 121; a
minimum of 1 2 hours of astronomy courses
beyond Astronomy 121
The recommended sequence:

Physics 110, 111, Astronomy 120, 121,
200, 212, 300. The program must have the
approval of the chair of the department.

Requirements for the Major

PHYSICS

Courses required in the discipline:

Physics 110, 1 1 1 ; 26 additional hours as

approved by the department

Students considering majoring in physics should

take 1 1 0 during their first year.

Courses required outside the discipline:

Mathematics 150 or 250, 205

The minimum number of hours required

for a Physics major is 34 hours in Physics

plus 2 courses in Mathematics.

ASTROPHYSICS

Courses required in the discipline:

Physics 110, 1 1 1; 8 additional physics

hours as approved by the department

Astronomy 120, 121; 12 additional

astronomy hours as approved by the

department

Astrophysics majors should take Astronomy

120, 121 and Calculus during the first year.

Courses required outside the discipline:

Mathematics 150 or 250, 205

The minimum number of hours required

for an Astrophysics major is 36 hours in

1 lOf. INTRODUCTION TO
MECHANICS AND
ELECTRICITY (4)

Motion, gravitation, and electrical
phenomena. Calculus is used.
3 LEC, 1 LAB

Prerequisite: Mathematics 119 or permis-
sion of the instructor

Ills. INTRODUCTION TO
MAGNETISM, HEAT, SOUND,
AND LIGHT (4)

Elements of magnetism, thermodynamics,
and the physics of wave phenomena.
Calculus is used.
3 LEC, 1 LAB
Prerequisite: 1 10

242f. ANALOG ELECTRONICS ( 1 )

DC and AC circuits, semiconductor de-
vices and applications, operational amplifi-
ers, power supplies.
ILAB
Prerequisite: 110

243s. DIGITAL ELECTRONICS ( 1 )

Number systems. Boolean algebra, logic
gates, memories, introduction to micro-
processors.
ILAB
Prerequisite: 242

320f. CLASSICAL MECHANICS (3)

Newton's system for describing motion.

19934995 Catabg

Department of Physics & Astronomy

special relativity, oscillations, motion
under the influence of central forces.
Prerequisite: 1 1 1

Offered 1 994-95 and alternate years

321s. CLASSICAL MECHANICS II (3)

The formulations of Lagrange and Hamil-
ton, accelerated reference frames, rigid body
motion, coupled oscillations and waves.
Prerequisite: 320

Offered 1994-95 and alternate years

330f. THERMAL PHYSICS (3)

Equilibrium thermodynamics, presented "T

from phenomenological and from statisti- /VStrOnOITiy

cal points of view.
Prerequisite: 111

Offered 1 994-95 and alternate years

sional problems, angular momentum, scat-
tering theory, elementary particles.
Prerequisite: 360

Offered 1993-94 and alternate years

4 1 Of ,s. SPECIAL STUDY (2-4)

Supervised study in specific areas of physics.

490f,s. INDEPENDENT STUDY (4-8)

Independent research arranged under the
supervision of a member of the department
Refer to Independent Study, p. 48.

331s. STATISTICAL MECHANICS (3)

Calculation of thermal phenomena using
the methods of Boltzmann and Gibbs; ele-
ments of quantum statistical mechanics.
Prerequisite: 330

Offered 1 994-95 and alternate years

120f,s. INTRODUCTORY

ASTRONOMY I (4)

Motions of the earth, moon, planets, and
stars; the nature and evolution of the stars
and of other objects within the galaxy.
Familiarity with algebra strongly recom-
mended.

3 LEG, 1 LAB evening session at Bradley
Observatory

340f. ELECTROMAGNETISM (3)

Static electric and magnetic fields, intro-
duction to boundary value problem,
Maxwell's equations.
Prerequisite: 1 1 1

Offered 1993-94 and alternate years

341s. ELECTRODYNAMICS,

RADL\TION, AND OPTICS (3)

Time-dependent electromagnetic fields,
relativistic invariance of the theory, emis-
sion and propogation of electromagnetic
waves, introduction to plasma phenomena,
optics, and lasers.
Prerequisite: 340
Offered 1993-94 and alternate years

360f. QUANTUM PHYSICS I (3 )

Quantum phenomena and the failure of
classical physics, wave mechanics of
quantum particles, illustrative one-
dimensional problems, spin, multiparticle
systems.

Prerequisite: 111
Offered J 993-94 and alternate years

361s. QUANTUM PHYSICS II (3)

Approximation methods for static and for
time-dependent situations, three-dimen-

121s. INTRODUCTORY

ASTRONOMY II (4)

The nature of galaxies, the history and
large scale structure of the universe as pres-
ently understood, the evolution and prop-
erties of the solar system.
3 LEG, I LAB evening session at Bradley
Observatory
Prerequisite: 120

200f. ASTROPHYSICS I (3)

Topics in stellar evolution and cosmology,

pulsars and black holes, quasars and active

galaxies.

Prerequisite: 121

Prerequisite or corequisite: Physics 1 10

Offered 1 994-95 and alternate years

212. MODERN ASTRONOMICAL
TECHNIQUES (3)

Finding and acquiring objects at the tele-
scope through use of digital encoders and
setting circles. The reduction and analysis
of astronomical data taken from GGD
(electronic) images. Extensive use of com-
puters to enhance and measure images,
including those taken at remote
observatories.
Requires evening of observation at Bradley

112

Agnes Scott College

Department of Political Science

Observatory
Prerequisite: 121

300s. ASTROPHYSICS II (3 )

Dynamics of gravitationally bound systems,
interstellar medium, stellar and planetary
atmospheres, high energy phenomena.
Prerequisite: 200; Physics 111
Offered 1994-95 and akemate years

320f. GALACTIC ASTRONOMY (3)

Physical structure and evolution of stars,
exotic objects within the galaxy, properties
of interstellar gas, dust, and plasmas.
Prerequisite: 200; Physics 111
Offered 1 994-95 and alternate years

361s. EXTRAGALACTIC

ASTRONOMY (3)

The origin and evolution of the universe is
discussed, together with the origin of the
elements. Hie future course the universe
will take and the inflationary theory will be
discussed as well.
Prerequisite: 200; Physics 111
Offered 1994-95 and alternate years

410f,s. SPECIAL STUDY (2-4)

Supervised study in various specific areas of
astronomy.

490f,s. INDEPENDENT STUDY (4-8)

Independent research is arranged under the
- supervision of a member of the department.
Refer to Independent Study, p. 48.

Political
Science

Professor:

Augustus B. Cochran III
Associate Professor:

Catherine V. Scott
Assistant Professor:

Juan AUende

Politics is, in the words of Brian Fay, our
"deliberate efforts to order, direct, and
control (our) collective affairs and ac-

tivities, to establish ends for our society,
and to implement and evaluate these ends."
There are few contemporary issues, ranging
from artistic freedom to unemployment, from
abortion to the environment, that do not
involve a significant political dimension.
The discipline of political science offers a
student the opportunity to think systemati-
cally about and to evaluate critically our
political life.

The department offers courses in the sub-
fields of political science: world politics, politi-
cal theory, and comparative politics, including
U.S. and Latin American politics. Students
may study these fields in courses offered in a
variety of formats: introductory level, upper
division surveys, advanced topics courses, and
individual research. Classes are generally small
and rely on a combination of discussion and
lecture.

Because political knowledge is so closely
related to other disciplines, the department
recommends that majors choose electives from
many areas, but especially from history,
philosophy, and the social sciences.

We also encourage majors to participate in
internships with local, state, or national gov-
ernments or private institutions such as the
Carter Center, and in off-campus study pro-
grams, such as the Washington Semester or
Global Awareness.

■ Requirements for theMajor

102 and one of the following: 103, 105,

106

Methodology: 399

A minimum of 24 hours on the 300 or

400 level

A minimum of one course from each of the

following groups:

Comparative politics: 308, 310, 311, 317,

318,319,320,342

Political theory: 305, 306, 313, 351, 354,

357,380

World politics: 322, 326, 328, 329, 385

A maximum of two from the following

cross-listed courses may be applied toward

the major:

Economics 315, 334,

History 314, 334, 338, 359

Philosophy 130, 312

Sociology 333

A minimum of 30 hours is required for the

major.

1993- J 995 Catalog

113

Department of Political Science

m Requirements for theMinor

To minor in political science, a student
must earn at least 18 hours, 15 of which
must be chosen from the 300 level or
above. Cross-listed courses do not satisfy
the minimum requirements for the minor.
A student may select courses to reflect her
interests, but the minor program must be
approved by the chair of the department.

102f. INTRODUCTION TO

AMERICAN GOVERNMENT (3)

American political institutions and issues:
the Supreme Court, Congress, the Presi-
dency, parties, interest groups, and public
opinion.

103f. INTRODUCTION TO WORLD
POLITICS (3)

Major developments in world politics since
1945: the Cold War, international political
economy, challenges to state sovereignty,
and environmental issues.

105s. COMPARATIVE POLITICS (3 )

Examination of political institutions, poli-
cies, and social movements in welfare state,
post-communist,and third world political
systems.

106s. MODERN POLITICAL

THOUGHT (3)

Major theorists whose ideas have shaped
the politics and ideologies of the modem
world.

107f. INTRODUCTION TO LATIN
AMERICA (3)

Introduction to Latin American history,
culture ,and politics. Includes contributions
of pre-Columbian civilizations and analysis
of colonialism, nationalism, and post-inde-
pendence issues such as military rule, revo-
lution, and the debt crisis.

130f. (PHILOSOPHY 130) POLITICAL
AND LEGAL PHILOSOPHY (3 )

See Philosophy 130 for description.

211f. (SOCIOLOGY 214)
(WOMEN'S STUDIES 211)
WOMEN IN LATIN AMERICA (3)

Women in Latin American history and at
present. Focuses on women's social, politi-

cal, and economic role across time, and the

contributions of women to Latin American

culture.

Offered 1993-94 and alternate years

301f. UNITED STATES LEGAL

SYSTEM (3)

Institutions, processes, basic concepts, and

personnel of the United States judicial

system.

Prerequisite: 102 or permission of chair

Offered J 993-94 and alternate years

302s. CONFLICT RESOLUTION (3)

Theory and practice of conflict resolution.
Includes practicum at the Neighborhood
Justice Center of Atlanta.
Prerequisite: 102 or permission of chair

303s. CONTEMPORARY

CONSTITUTIONAL ISSUES (3)

Exploration and analysis of the legal
aspects of contemporary social issues with
an emphasis on the constitutionally
based development of societal changes in
the areas of women's rights, minority
and racially based issues, rights of the im-
poverished, and rights of the criminally
accused.

Prerequisite: 102 or permission of chair
Not offered 1993-94

305. AMERICAN POLITICAL

THOUGHT (3)

Development of political thought in the
United States from the colonial to modem
periods. Writings of a broad spectrum of
Americans, including Cotton Mather and
Anne Hutchinson, Thomas Jefferson and
Abigail Adams, Frederick Douglass,
Abraham Lincoln and Susan B. Anthony,
Eugene Debs, John Dewey ,and Martin
Luther King, Jr., will be examined.
Not offered 1993-94

306s. CONTEMPORARY
AMERICAN POLITICAL
IDEOLOGIES (3)

Survey of the range of ideological
tendencies in the U.S. today, including the
New Right, traditional conservatism, neo-
conservatism, liberalism, neo-liberalism,
programmatic movements, and the left.
Analysis of these ideologies' belief
structures, leadership, political strategies.

114

Agnes Scott College

Department of Political Science

and policy stances.
Not offered 1993-94

308f. SOUTHERN POLITICS
AND THE CIVIL RIGHTS
MOVEMENT (3)

Examination of Southern politics with
emphasis on the interaction of race and
class issues since World War 11, and the
impact of the civil rights movement on the
changing politics of the region.
Offered 1 994-95 arvi alternate years

3 lOf. POLITICAL PARTICIPATION (3)

Extent, forms, and significance of the po-
litical activities of individuals, groups, and
movements.

Prerequisite: 102 or 105 or permission of
the instructor
Offered 1 994-95 and alternate years

311s. MINORITY POLITICS (3 )

Contemporary African- American, His-
panic, and Native American politics and
policy issues. Special attention given to the
emergence of an underclass, immigration
politics, land issues, and the U.S. -Mexican
frontier.
Offered 1 994-95 and alternate years

312s. (PHILOSOPHY 312)
PHILOSOPHY OF LAW

See Philosophy 312 for description.

(3)

313f. (WOMEN'S STUDIES 313)

GENDER POLITICS (3)

Analysis of various feminist perspectives on
gender, race, and class; feminist analysis of
political issues; and the feminist encounter
with post-modernism.
Offered 1 994-95 and alternate years

314s. (HISTORY 314) EUROPE

SINCE 1945 (3)

See History 314 for description.

315s. (ECONOMICS 315)

COMPARATIVE ECONOMIC
SYSTEMS (3)

See Economics 315 for description.

317f. POLITICS OF THE MASS

MEDIA (3)

Examination of the role of mass media in
political life, including the structure and

decision-making processes of the media,
the interaction of the media and govern-
ment, and the impact of mass media on
political life.
Offered J 993-94 and alternate years

3 18s. THE CRISIS OF THE WELFARE
STATE (3)

Examination of the problems and prospects
of contemporary welfare states, including
assessments of the successes and failures of
welfare states from several political per-
spectives. Cases will include the United
States and Western European welfare states
such as Great Britain and Sweden.
Not o/fered J 993-94

3 1 9s. PUBLIC POLICY (3 )

Analysis of the policy-making process and
selected issues of public policy such as pov-
erty, education, affirmative action, compa-
rable worth, child care, and worker owner-
ship oi businesses.

Prerequisite: 102, 105, or permission of
the chair
Offered 1994-95 and alternate years

320s. LATIN AMERICAN

POLITICS (3)

Politics of contemporary Latin America;
authoritarianism and the transition to
democracy; economic crises and responses
to the debt crisis; revolutionary movements
and the emergence of new social and
political movements in the 1980s.

322f. POLITICS OF

DEVELOPMENT (3)

Exploration of contending theories of de-
velopment and underdevelopment includ-
ing modernization and dependency theory,
with case studies of development politics in
a variety of post-colonial states.
Prerequisite: 103 or 105 or permission of
the instructor
Offered 1 993-94 and alternate years

326s. APPROACHES TO
INTERNATIONAL
RELATIONS (3)

Analysis of current theoretical approaches
to international relations, including real-
ism, international regimes, and world order
theory; particular focus on their utility in
understanding issues such as violence, the

l993-J995Cata/og

115

Department of Political Science

environment, politics, and North-South

divisions.

Prerequisite: 103 or permission of the

instructor

Offered i 993-94 and alternate years

327. POLITICS OF THE GLOBAL
ENVIRONMENT (3)

Analysis of major ecological issues in global
politics, such as environmental regulations
in industrial countries, the flight of
transnational corporations to lesser devel-
oped nations, the export of hazardous sub-
stances, safety standards for workers, and
the interaction of poverty, ethnicity, and
environmental issues.
Not offered 1993-94

328s. (HISTORY 340) U.S.-LATIN
AMERICAN RELATIONS (3)

U.S. -Latin American relations from the
Monroe Doctrine to the present, with
equal attention to history and contempo-
rary events.
Offered J 993-94 and alternate years

329s. INTER-AMERICAN FOREIGN
POLICIES (3)

Foreign policies and international relations
of the nations of the western hemisphere,
with particular attention to Latin America.
Offered 1 994-95 and alternate years

on the twentieth century: liberation theol-
ogy, emergence of Christian Base Commu-
nities, the church and social change, con-
flicts within the church as a result of move-
ments for social change, and relations be-
tween church and state.
Offered 1 993-94 and alternate years

35 If. DEMOCRATIC THEORY (3)

Evolution of meanings and justifications of
democracy and problems of democratic
institutions and practices in the modem
nation-state.

Prerequisite: 106 or permission of the in-
structor
Offered 1993-94 and alternate years

354s. (PHILOSOPHY 305)
MARX AND VARIETIES OF
SOCIALISM (3)

357s. (PHILOSOPHY 317) NEO-

MARXISM (3)

See philosophy 317 for description.
Offered 1993-94 and alternate years

332s. (HISTORY 334)

THE UNITED STATES FROM 1914
TO 1945 (3)

See History 334 for description.

333f. (SOCIOLOGY 333)
RACIAL AND OTHER
MINORITY GROUPS (3)

See Sociology 333 for description.

334s. (ECONOMICS 334) ECONOMIC
DEVELOPMENT (3)

See Economics 334 for description.

340f. (HISTORY 338) THE UNITED
STATES SINCE 1945 (3)

See History 338 for description.

342f. (BIBLE AND RELIGION 350)
THE CHURCH IN LATIN
AMERICA (3)

Colonial church to the present with focus

359s. (HISTORY 359)

CONTEMPORARY AFRICA
SOUTH OF THE SAHARA •

See History 359 for description.

(3)

380s. REFORM AND

REVOLUTION (3)

Analysis and comparison of reform and
revolution and the roles of various political
actors, including women, workers, and
peasants, in political change. Cases include
the U.S. civil rights movement, welfare
state reforms, and third world revolutions.

385s. THE UNITED STATES AND
THE VIETNAM WAR (3 )

Examination of the U.S. involvement in
the war in Vietnam, its historical roots, the
conduct of the war, its domestic and inter-
national consequences, and its continuing
legacy.
Offered 1 994-95 and alternate years

116

Agnes Scott College

Department of Psychology

388. TOPICS IN LATIN AMERICAN
STUDIES (3)

390. TOPICS IN POLITICAL
SCIENCE

(3)

399f. (SOCIOLOGY 399)

METHODOLOGY OF SOCIAL
SCIENCE RESEARCH (4)

Philosophy of social science and the
principal methods of social research.
Open to political science, sociology, and sociol-
ogy-anthropology majors only or by permission
of the instructor

410f,s. SPECIAL STUDY (2-4)

Supervised study in a selected field of
political science.

482s. (ECONOMICS, PSYCHOLOGY,
SOCIOLOGY, OR
ANTHROPOLOGY 482) SOCIAL
SCIENCE SENIOR SEMINAR (3 )

Multidisciplinary inquiry into topics

selected annually by the faculty of the

departments of economics, political

science, psychology, and sociology and

anthropology.

Open only to senior majors in these

departments

Prerequisite: permission of the instructors

490f,s. INDEPENDENT STUDY (4-8)
Independent research under the supervi-
sion of a member of the department. Refer
to Independent Study, p. 48.

Psychology

Professors:

Ayse Ugaz Garden, Chair
Thomas W. Hogan
Assistant Professors:
Barbara J. Blatchley
Eileen L. Cooley

Psychology is the scientific study of
human and animal behavior. The
departmental offerings reflect the diver-
sity of areas within the field. The program for
majors provides a strong background in aca-

demic psychology, including opportunities for
both first-hand laboratory experiences and
field experiences.

Students who are planning to major in
psychology should consult with the chair of
the department as early in their college careers
as possible. (Majors should try to elect Biology
100 and a mathematics course, excluding
Mathematics 104 and 150, in either the first or
sophomore year. )

Interdisciplinary majors in Art-Psychology
and Biology-Psychology are also available.

■ Requirements for theMajor

Courses required in the discipline:

121,306,307,404,405

Courses required outside of the discipline

(preferably taken before the end of the
sophomore year): Biology 100
One course in mathematics excluding
Mathematics 104 and 150, which must be
taken prior to 306

Courses recommended for the major
within the discipline:
At least one course in each of the following
areas of psychology:

Social: 130, 240, 305, 324 (depending on
the topic)

Personality and Abnormal: 310, 312, 316,
406, 324 (depending on the topic)
Developmental: 209, 210, 324 (depending
on the topic)

Cognitive and Physiological: 215, 220, 324
(depending on the topic)
Courses recommended for the major out-
side the discipline:
Interdisciplinary 100
The minimum number of hours required
for the major is 30.

■ Requirements for theMinor

A minor in psychology must contain at
least 22 hours of work in psychology. The
minor program may be designed by the stu-
dent to reflect her unique objectives; how-
ever, it is subject to the approval of the chair
in order to ensure disciplinary coherence and
relevance to the student's objectives.
Required courses:
121,306,307

1 2 lf,s. GENERAL PSYCHOLOGY (4)

Scientific description of facts and prin-
ciples of psychology. Emphasis on methods

1993-1995 Catabg

117

Department of Psychobgy

and results of experimental investigation of
human and animal behavior.

Psychoh^ 121 is the prerequisite for all other
courses in psychology.

130s. (WOMEN'S STUDIES 130)

PSYCHOLOGY OF WOMEN (3 )

Critical review of psychological theory and
research toward an understanding of the
cognitive, social, and emotional behavior
of women.

209f. (EDUCATION 201) CHILD
PSYCHOLOGY (3)

Development of the individual from con-
ception to adolescence.

210s. (EDUCATION 202)
PSYCHOLOGY OF
ADOLESCENCE, ADULTHOOD,
AND OLD AGE (3)

Development of the individual from the
end of childhood through adulthood and
old age.

215s. COGNITIVE PSYCHOLOGY (3)

Human cognition and perception with
selected topics from attention, states of
consciousness, human learning, memory,
imagery, concept formation, language,
problem solving, creative thinking, and
intelligence.

220f. PHYSIOLOGICAL

PSYCHOLOGY (3)

Neurophysiological basis of various mental
and behavioral processes such as sensory-
motor mechanisms, perception, emotion,
motivation, thinking, memory, language,
sleep, and consciousness.

240f. PSYCHOLOGY OF CROSS-
CULTURAL CONTACT (3)

Theories and research on how individuals
confront and interact with members of
other cultures, with special emphasis on
factors that promote cross-cultural effec-

305f . SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY (3 )

Behavior of the individual as influenced by

the behavior and characteristics of other

individuals.

Offered J 993-94 and alternate years

306f. (SOCIOLOGY 306)

EXPERIMENTAL DESIGN AND
STATISTICS (4)

Basic principles of experimental design and

the use of statistical analysis in social

science research.

3 LEG 1 LAB

Prerequisite: one course in mathematics

excluding Mathematics 104 and 150

307s. EXPERIMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY

(4)

Fundamentals of the experimental method-
ology in psychology with an emphasis on
research issues and methods in the areas of
attention, perception, learning, and
memory. Individual experiments are de-
signed and carried out.
3 LEG 1 LAB
Prerequisite: 306

310s. PSYCHOLOGICAL

ASSESSMENT (3)

Fundamentals and principles of psychologi-
cal tests: administering, evaluating, and
using results obtained.
Prerequisite: 306 or Mathematics 1 1 5

3 1 2f . ABNORMAL PSYCHOLOGY (3 )

TTie more common behavior disorders,
with attention paid to their causes and
therapy.

3 16f. PERSONALITY (3)

Theory and research in the field of person-
ality.
Offered 1 994-95 and alternate years

324f,s. SPECIAL AREAS OF

PSYCHOLOGY (2)

A seminar focusing on a topic of contem-
porary interest in psychology. Each year
the department will announce the topic(s)
to be offered during the next academic
year. The nature of the topic determines
the inclusion of a laboratory component.
Prerequisites beyond Psychology 1 2 1 vary
according to topic

Topic for Fall 1993-94: Cognition and
Brain Processes. Examination of relation-
ships between cognition and brain pro-
cesses through original psychological ex-
periments carried out in an area or areas
selected from sensation, perception, atten-
tion, memory, language, and thinking.

118

Agnes Scott College

Department ofSociobgy & Anthropobgy

Prerequisite: 306

Prerequiste or Corequisite: 2 1 5 or 220
Topic for Spring 1993-94: Psychology of
Loss and Grief. Study of psychological
literature on loss and grief with special em-
phasis on death and dying.

404f. HISTORY OF THEORY AND
RESEARCH IN PSYCHOLOGY (3)

Historical background for current theories
and research issues in psychology.

405s. CONTEMPORARY RESEARCH
IN PSYCHOLOGY (3)

Contemporary research and problems in
psychology with an emphasis on the in-
depth study of selected topics.

406s. PRACTICUM (3)

Supervised field placement in an agency or
institution dealing with psychopathology,
counseling, or industrial/organizational
psychology. Placement activities are
supplemented by a weekly seminar and an
extensive reading program.
Prerequisite: permission of the instructor
(priority will be given to junior and senior
psychology majors)

410f,s. SPECIAL STUDY (2-4)

Supervised intensive study in fields or
problems of psychology.

481s. (BIOLOGY 481) INTERDIS-
CIPLINARY SEMINAR IN
ANIMAL/HUMAN BEHAVIOR (1)

482s. (ECONOMICS, POLITICAL
SCIENCE, SOCIOLOGY, OR
ANTHROPOLOGY 482) SOCIAL
SCIENCE SENIOR SEMINAR (3 )

A multidisciplinary inquiry into topics
selected annually by the faculty of the de-
partments of economics, political science,
psychology, and sociology and anthropol-
ogy.

Open only to senior majors in these depart-
ments
Prerequisite: permission of the instructors

483f,s. (ART483)

INTERDISCIPLINARY SEMINAR
IN ART AND PSYCHOLOGY ( 1 )

See Art 483 for description.

490f,s. INDEPENDENT STUDY (4-8)

Independent research is arranged under the
supervision of a member of the department.
Refer to Independent Study, p. 48.

Sociology &
Anthropology

Professor:

Augustus B. Cochran 111
Assistant Professor:

Brenda Hoke

Martha W. Rees
Instructor:

Josephine Bradley

Sociologists aspire to the scientific study
of human society, but also feel respon-
sible for direct intervention in the tan-
gible problems of their own neighborhoods.
They observe the impersonal interplay of so-
cial forces that affect groups and large-scale
organizations, as well as the effects on ordinary
persons of gender, racial, religious and other
categorizations. Sociologists generally work in
complex societies and study social organiza-
tions.

Anthropologists are dedicated to the com-
parative study of culture, both the unity of
humankind and the diversity and originality of
the ways by which different peoples meet basic
human needs. Much of the information an-
thropologists have gathered comes from small-
scale non-Western societies. This outlook gives
a student a chance to step outside familiar expe-
rience and broaden her understanding of what it
means to be "a normal human being."

The department offers a major in sociology,
an interdisciplinary major in sociology-anthro-
pology.

Students interested in other courses are
encouraged to participate in the cross-registra-
tion program with other institutions in
Atlanta. Students are also encouraged to

19934995 Catalog

119

Department ofSociobgy & Anthropobgy

participate in Global Awareness or other
programs that give them diverse experience.

■ Requirements for theMajor

Sociology

Courses required in the discipline:

Sociology 101, 351, 399
20 additional hours in sociology including
at least two of the following courses in
anthropology:
270, 274, 303, 304, 307
Recommended courses for students plan-
ning graduate study:
Sociology 306 (formerly 360) or Math-
ematics 1 1 5

A minimum of 30 hours is required for
the major.

Sociology- Anthropology
Courses required in the discipline:
Anthropology 101 or Sociology 101
Anthropology 102
Sociology 351, 399

20 additional hours in sociology or anthro-
pology, at least 9 of which must be in
anthropology

Recommended courses outside the
discipline:
Psychology 240

Recommended courses for students plan-
ning graduate study:
Sociology 306 (formerly 360) or Math-
ematics 115

A minimum of 30 hours is required for the
major.

■ Requirements for theMinor

Sociology-Anthropology

Anthropology 101 or Sociology 101

Anthropology 102

Sociology 121, 351

6 additional hours in anthropology or

sociology

Sociology

101f,s. INTRODUCTION TO

SOCIOLOGY (3)

Current sociological theory and research as
they relate to primary units of social life,
social processes, and social institutions.
Emphasis on relating concepts to contem-
porary American society.

Sociology lOl or Anthropology 101 is the prereq-
uisite for all other courses in Sociology except
336.

121s. ANALYSIS OF SOCLAL

PROBLEMS (3)

Examination of alternative ways of defin-
ing, measuring, and intervening in social
problems.

170f. INTRODUCTION TO
AFRICAN-AMERICAN
STUDIES (3)

Overall framework for the study of African-
Americans from slavery to the present.
Aspects of the African-American experi-
ence will be examined from a multidisci-
plinary perspective. "^

211s. (WOMEN'S STUDIES 212)

THE FAMILY (3)

The family as a basic social institution.
The range of alternative behaviors in con-
temporary family life. Role relationships
within the family and changes in family
patterns. Family organization in different
social classes, ethnic groups, and Utopian
communities.

2 14f. (POLITICAL SCIENCE 211)
(WOMEN'S STUDIES 211)
WOMEN IN LATIN AMERICA (3)

See Political Science 211 for
description.

217f. (EDUCATION 203)

SOCIOLOGY OF EDUCATION (3 )

Education in cross-cultural perspective.
The role of education in the transmission
of values and culture. The conflict between
family and school. The inequality of educa-
tional opportunity.

219f. PRACTICUM IN SOCIAL

WELFARE (4)

Social welfare as a social institution and
social work as a profession. A critical com-
ponent of the course is to place the student
in a supervised social work/welfare setting
such as a hospital, battered women's shel-
ter, or youth rehabilitation service.
Limited to eight students
Prerequisite: 101 or Anthropology 101 or
permission of instructor
Offered 1 994-95 a? id alternate years

120

Agnes Scott College

Department ofSodobgy & Anthropobgy

225s. URBAN SOCIOLOGY (3)

The origins, characteristics, and effects of
urbanization. The city as a locus for various
kinds of relationships.

230f. RACE, CLASS, AND

GENDER (3)

Survey of the history, basic theories, and
recent research integrating these key con-
cepts for modem society. Systematic ex-
amination of the effects of these variables
on different groups in society.
Offered 1993-94 and alternate years

35 If. HISTORY OF SOCIAL

THEORY (3)

Introduction to theory in social science,
review of the major theoretical constructs
of the 19th century, application in modem
social science.

352s. CONTEMPORARY SOCIAL
THEORY (3)

Analysis of the development and political
implications of theories and research in the
social sciences in the twentieth century.
Prerequisite: 351

306f. (PSYCHOLOGY 306)

EXPERIMENTAL DESIGN AND
STATISTICS (4)

See Psychology 306 for descriptioti.

315s. (BIBLE AND RELIGION 315)
SOCIOLOGY OF RELIGION (4)

Analysis of religion as a social institution
with emphasis on the relationships be-
tween belief systems and social organiza-
tions. Overview of historical and contem-
porary religious movements, with fieldwork
in new religious movements.
Offered 1994-95 ard alternate years

330s. SOCIETY AND SELF (3)

Theory and research in microsociology
which analyzes self as a product of social
process.

333f. (POLITICAL SCIENCE 333)
RACIAL AND OTHER MINORITY
GROUPS (3)

Race, ethnicity, and class contacts which
result in differences in access to privilege,
prestige, property and power.

336f. (WOMEN'S STUDIES 336)
SOCIOLOGY OF GENDER
ROLES (3)

Analysis of historical and contemporary
social roles of women and men with par-
ticular attention to socialization, stratifica-
tion, social change, and attitude formation.
Prerequisite: 101 or Women's Studies 100

341s. (CLASSICS 341) (WOMEN'S
STUDIES 341) FAMILY AND
SOCIETY IN THE CLASSICAL
WORLD (3)

See Classics 341 for description.

370s. CIVIL RIGHTS IN THE

POPULAR CULTURE (3)

Focus on the concerns of civil rights within
the framework of popular culture. Empha-
sis given to the impact of race on our cul-
ture and the interplay of race and culter
with politics.

399f. (POLITICAL SCIENCE 399)
METHODOLOGY OF SOCIAL
SCIENCE RESEARCH (4)

See Political Science 399 for description.

410f,s. SPECIAL STUDY (2-4)

Supervised intensive study in a special field
of sociology.

482s. (ECONOMICS, POLITICAL
SCIENCE, PSYCHOLOGY, OR
ANTHROPOLOGY 482) SOCIAL
SCIENCE SENIOR SEMINAR (3 )

Multidisciplinary inquiry into topics se-
lected annually by the faculty of the
departments of economics, political
science, psychology, and sociology &. an-
thropology.

Open only to senior majors in these depart-
ments
Prerequisite: permission of the instructors

490f,s. INDEPENDENT STUDY (4-8)

Independent research arranged under the
supervision of a member of the department.
Refer to Indpendent Study, p. 48.

Anthropology

10 Is. CULTURAL

ANTHROPOLOGY (3)

Humans viewed both as culture-making

J993-i995Catafog

121

Departments ofSociobgy & Anthropobgy/ Spanish

and culture-made animals. Contributions
of the cultural perspective to the under-
standing of variations and similarities in
languages, social organization, belief sys-
tems, and environmental adaptations.

1 02f . ON HUMAN ORIGINS (3 )

Biological and behavioral development of
humans, from East African fossils to the
present; as well as present day biological
and cultural variation. Theoretical expla-
nations of physical and cultural develop-
ment of humans and other primates, in-
cluding evolution ecology and social and
biological diversity. Specifically addresses
the nature and origins of gender and racial
differences.

202f. ECOLOGICAL

ANTHROPOLOGY (3)

Survey of different human-environmental
interactions, and theories about human
ecology, including human impact on the
environment, basic ecological and evolu-
tionary concepts as related to human adap-
tations.

Prerequisite: 101, 102
Offered J 994-95 and alternate years

not (WOMEN'S STUDIES 270)
WOMEN, HEALTH
AND SOCIETY (3)

Introduction to cross-cultural concepts of

women's health (including reproductive

and child care), health practitioners, and

disease (cultural epidemiology). Focus on

gender, racial, and class differences in

health.

Prerequisite: 101 and 102, or permission of

the instructor

Offered J 993-94 and alternate years

11 M. APPLIED ANTHROPOLOGY (3)

Survey of applied social science theory,
including environmental, social, and eco-
nomic development projects. A critical
component of the course includes carrying
out an applied research project in the At-
lanta area.

Prerequisite: 101 or Sociology 101
Offered 1 993-94 and alternate years

303f. (HISTORY 303) EARLY
HISTORY OF THE AMERICAS

Archeological, historical, and

(3)

ethnohistorical descriptions of the peoples
of the Americas from about 10,000 years
ago until the sixteenth century. Special
attention will be paid to environmental
interaction, the origins of agriculture, the
rise of the complex urban political systems,
as well as European conquest.
Prerequisite: 101

304s. NATIVE PEOPLES OF THE
AMERICAS (3)

Ethnographic and ethnohistoric study of
the Americas from the time of contact
with Europeans until the present day. At-
tention to ethnicity, to the effects of con-
tact, and resistance.

Prerequisite: 101 or Sociology 101 or per-
mission of the intsructor
Offered 1993-94 and alternate years

307s. ECONOMIC

ANTHROPOLOGY (3)

Anthropological analysis of traditional and
modem industrial economic systems and
their interaction. Use of history and
macroeconomics to examine development,
urbanization, agriculture, households,
ethnicity, and class.

Prerequisite: 101 or permission of the in-
structor

311. (THEATRE 3 1 1 )(BIBLE 311)
CULTURAL PERSPECTIVES
IN THEATRE (3)

See Theatre 311 for description.

331s. (CLASSICS 331)

MYTHOLOGICAL PATTERNS
AND THEMES (3)

See Classics 33 1 for description.

410f,s. SPECIAL STUDY (2-4)

Supervised intensive study in a special field
of anthropology.

482s. (ECONOMICS, POLITICAL
SCIENCE, PSYCHOLOGY, OR
SOCIOLOGY 482) SOCIAL
SCIENCE SENIOR SEMINAR (3 )

A multidisciplinary inquiry into topics

selected annually by the faculty of the

departments of economics, political

science, psychology, and sociology and

anthropology.

Open only to senior majors in these departments

122

Agnes Scott College

Department of Spanish

Prerequisite: permission of the instructors

Spanish

Associate Professor:

Annette G. Cash
Assistant Professor:

Gisela Norat
Rafael Ocasio

The major in the Department of Spanish
is designed to develop proficiency in
the four language skills and to present
the cultural, literary, and historical back-
ground of Spain and Latin America.

Entering students are placed in the appro-
priate level Spanish class after taking a place-
ment test and, when necessary, by interviews
with faculty members.

All students of Spanish have the opportu-
nity to live on the Spanish Hall and to im-
prove fluency and cultural awareness at the
Spanish Dining Table, at the weekly tertulias,
in the language laboratory, at the variety of
academic activities hosted by the department,
the College, and metropolitan Atlanta, and in
daily association with our Hispanic student
community.

The Global Awareness program provides
the opportunity for students to live and study
in a Spanish-speaking country. The student is
also encouraged to engage in exchange pro-
grams with Spanish or Latin American higher
education institutions.

■ Requirements for theMajor

223, 303, 304, 307; 310 or 311; 321; 344 or
354; 480

Cross-listed courses do not satisfy mini-
mum requirements for the major.
Students majoring in Spanish are required
to take a minimum of 32 hours above 201.
Entering students who are placed in an
advanced level of Spanish may be given
permission to complete the major with
fewer than 30 hours. Permission is given by
the chair of the department and the assis-
tant dean of the college.

Objective: To satisfy the needs and inter-
ests of students who wish to combine the
study of Spanish with other disciplines
(International Relations, Economics, Psy-
chology, Latin American Studies, etc.)
A minor requires a minimum of 1 9 hours,
including: 201, 223, 303, 304; 310 or 311;
344 or 354

Students may also take advantage of the
cross registration program to take courses
in translation, commercial Spanish, or lit-
erature. Course choices are subject to the
approval of the department. Students are
strongly encouraged to acquire experience
in a Spanish-speaking country through an
approved study abroad program.

lOOf. ELEMENTARY (4)

Fundamentals of Spanish for speaking,
listening, writing, and reading. Emphasis
on proficiency achievement and cultural
geography of the Hispanic world.

101s. ELEMENTARY

Continuation of 100.
Prerequisite: 100 or placement

(4)

200f. INTERMEDIATE (4

Grammar review. Conversation, compre-
hension, composition, and reading.
Prerequisite: 101 or placement

201s. INTERMEDIATE (4)

Continuation of 200 including an introduc-
tion to the critical reading of literary texts.
Prerequisite: 200 or placement

223s. APPROACHES TO HISPANIC
LITERATURE (3)

Introduction to critical methods oi literary

analysis. Emphasis on reading works of

major Peninsular and Latin American

writters.

Prerequisite: 201 or placement

303f. ADVANCED

CONVERSATION (3)

Texts, music, and flims centered around
topics of interests to college students. Em-
phasis on oral proficiency and vocabulary
building.
Prerequisite: 201 or special permission

Requirements for the Minor 304s. advanced grammar and

19934995 Catalog

123

Department of Spanish/Theatre

COMPOSITION (3)

Emphasis on writing different types of com-
positions, stylisitics, and grammar review.
Prerequitie: 201 or special permission

307f,s. SPANISH CIVILIZATION AND
CULTURE (3)

Important historical events, trends, and

ideas of Spain from earliest times to the

present.

Prerequisite: 303, 304, or special

permission.

Not open to students who have taken 315

310. SPANISH LITERATURE TO THE
GOLDEN AGE (3)

Reading and discussion of the earliest
Spanish literature until 1500.
Prerequisite: 223 or special permission

Not open to students who have taken 301

3 llf. THE GOLDEN AGE:

CONEORMITY AND DISSENT (3)

The Moorish, picaresque, and exemplary
novels, mystic poetry, the theatre of Lope
de Vega, Calderon, and Tirso de Molina.
Prerequiste: 223 or special permission

32 L PENINSULAR AND LATIN
AMERICAN CONTEMPORARY
POETRY (3)

A study of poetry in modem times.
Prerequisite: 223 or special permission
Not open to students who have taken 353

344. CONTEMPORARY LATIN

AMERICAN NARRATIVE (3)

Reading and discussion of short stories and
novels by major Latin American authors.
Prerequisite: 223 or special premission

354. COLONIAL LATIN

AMERICAN LITERATURE TO
MODERNISM (3)

An analysis of the earliest Latin American
writing through Ruben Dario.
Prerequisite: 223 or special permission

357. NINETEENTH- AND
TWENTIETH-CENTURY
PENINSULAR LITERATURE (3)

Reading and discussion of novels, essays,
poetry, and drama of the major authors of
these centuries.
Prerequisite: 223 or special permission

Not open to students who have taken 352

480. TOPICS AND PROBLEMS IN
HISPANIC LITERATURE (3)

A detailed critical analysis of a specific
problem, genre, or literary period.
Required of nrnjors

410f,s. SPECIAL STUDY

(2-4)

490f,s. INDEPENDENT STUDY (4-8)

Independent research arranged under the
supervision of a member of the department.
Refer to Independent Study, p. 48.

Theatre

Associate Professor: Dudley W. Sanders
Assistant Professor: N.J. Stanley

The Theatre program investigates the
richness of theatre as a cultural product
central to an understanding of human
social systems. The program emphasizes the
development of personal creativity through
produced plays and other performance
projects. It also provides an interdisciplinary
study of the breadth and application of theatri-
cal techniques both on-stage and in other
realms of human activity. The department
actively engages in a season of student and
faculty productions on the Winter Theater
stage, supported by a foundational training
program in acting, directing, playwriting, and
theatre production.

Students who are considering a major in
theatre should consult with the chair of the
department early in their college careers as
some courses are offered only in alternate
years.

■ Requirements for theMajor

Courses required in the discipline:

100 (preferably taken during the first year),
170, 200, 231, 235, 308, 310, 311, 312, 326
One of the following resulting in a public
performance: 327, 345, 410, or 490
Courses recommended for the major:
Philosophy 232
Art 161
Theatre majors must be active Blackfriars dur-

124

Agnes Scott College

Department of Theatre

ing their junior and senior years. They aho
must assume active leadership roles in signifi-
cant aspects of Blackfriars productions .
The Theatre major requires a minimum of
34 credit hours in the discipline.

Requirements for the Minor

A minor in theatre must contain at least 18
hours. The student may design her own
program to reflect a particular interest or
emphasis, such as a focus on an aspect of
production or area of study. The program is
devised with the guidance and approval of
the chair of the department. A student
electing a theatre minor must be an active
member of Blackfriars for at least one full
year of her time at Agnes Scott. She must
take an active leadership role in the cre-
ative effort of theatre production for at
least one Blackfriars show.

loot INTRODUCTION TO

THEATRE (4)

Study of theatre as a creative process reflec-
tive of its cultural context. Includes analy-
sis of dramatic texts and performance activ-
ity, and attendance at theatre events. Ex-
plores the work of the actor, the writer/
director, and the stage designer.
3 LEG, 1 LAB

117. INTRODUCTION TO PUBLIC
SPEAKING (3)

Techniques of effective oral communica-
tion including methods of organization,
means of presentation, and voice and dic-
tion, practiced in the context of group pro-
cess and oral presentation.
Does not satisfy Distributional Standard in
Fine Arts

170. COSTUME/PROP

CONSTRUCTION (3)

Introduction to techniques in design and
construction of theatre props including
masks, sculptured set pieces and decorative
surface dressing. May include puppetry or
other special projects; may include meth-
ods in basic costume construction, pattern
making, altering and construction of
headware.

Students who have taken 202 must have
the permission of the department chair.
2 LEG, 1 LAB

200f. TECHNICAL THEATRE

BASICS (3)

Principles of stagecraft and lighting. Basic
working knowledge of theatrical drafting,
construction techniques for two- and
three-dimensional scenery, painting, stage
rigging and machinery, and lighting equip-
ment and design. Practical application of
techniques through participation in pro-
duction.
2 LEG, 1 LAB

202s. COSTUME DESIGN (3 )

Principles of costume design for the stage.
Emphasis on script analysis, period re-
search, rendering techniques and execution
of design in a color medium.
2LEG, 1 LAB

Students who have taken 1 70 must have
the permission of the department chair.

203f. (ENGLISH 203) PLAY-
WRITING (3)

Principles of writing for the theatre with an
emphasis on dramatic dialogue, basic scene
construction, and dramatic action. Includes
analysis of play scripts and student writing
assignments toward a short play piece.
Prerequisite: permission of the instructor

206s. DANCE HISTORY (3 )

A course designed to give the student a
broad understanding of the historical back-
ground of dance from its origin in primitive
society to the present, with emphasis on its
relation to the other arts and to the society
of each period.
Offered 1 993-94 and alternate years

231. ACTING I: IMPROVISATION
AND CHARACTER
DEVELOPMENT (3)

As a foundation in acting technique, exer-
cises and presentations explore the creative
process and free the student's imagination
for application to scene study and class
performance. Assignments emphasize per-
sonal/character development and cultural
identity.

235s. ACTING II: CHARACTER
DEVELOPMENT AND TEXT
ANALYSIS (3)

Text analysis, scene study, and acting
theory with major emphasis on factors of

l993-J995Caca/og

125

Department of Theatre

character, environment, and approach.
Focus on the creative process, including
ensemble work in preparation for perfor-
mance assignments.
Prerequisite: Theatre 231

242f. (PHILOSOPHY 232)

AESTHETICS (3)

See Philosophy 232 for description.

312. (WOMEN'S STUDIES 312)
FEMALE IDENTITY AND THE
MAKING OF THEATRE (3 )

A study ot how theatre reflects the status
and role of women in various cultures
through examination of the portrayal of
women in drama and film, of women as
critics/theorists, and of women as partici-
pants in the making of theatre.

290. THEATRE PRACTICUM ( 1 )

Credit for arranged creative work in design,
technical theatre, or acting for Blackfriars
productions. One credit hour for complete
work as the head of costumes, scenery, or
props, or as a stage manager, an assistant
director, or an actor playing a major role in
full-length Blackfriars productions. Stu-
dents may earn up to four hours of
practicum credit toward the major and up
to two hours for the minor.
Practicum credit may not be used to satisfy the
Fine Arts distribution requirement
Prerequisite: permission of the supervising
professor and the department chair

308f . THEATRE HISTORY I (3 )

Examination of theatre's role inWestem
society from its early origins up to the Age
of Enlightenment. Emphasis on political
and religious context, and on theatre style
and practice as a reflection of a culture's
value system and social structure. Includes
discussion of Western thinkers who have
contributed to the understanding of theatre
and its social/intellectual context.

3 1 Os. THEATRE HISTORY II (3 )

Continuation of Theatre 308. Seventeenth
century to the present.

311s. (ANTHROPOLOGY 311) (BIBLE
311) CULTURAL PERSPECTIVES
IN THEATRE (3)

A more concentrated examination of per-
formance texts, styles, and principles which
mark certain cultural or socio-political
groups, and which focus on questions of
gender. An emphasis on the ritual ele-
ments of theatre and its evolution out of
religious beliefs and forces. Alternating
topics include American Theatre, African-
American Theatre, Asian Theatre, African
Theatre, American Immigrant Theatre,
and Gay-Lesbian Theatre.

313s. SPECIAL TOPICS IN THEATRE
AND PERFORMANCE (HISTORY
AND CRITICISM) (3)

Study in contemporary and critical issues
affecting the theatre as a social and aes-
thetic institution. Emphasis on the poten-
tial of theatre as an instrument for change.
Topic for 1993-94: Contemporary Per-
formance. The burgeoning of theatre and
its merging with other performing arts
since World War 11. Close examination of
major works reflecting the diversity of cre-
ative processes and productions in the
modem world. Introduction to perfor-
mance theory and a special focus on
puppetry.

Topic for 1994-95: The
Theatricalization of Politics. A study of
the use of theatrical techniques in twenti-
eth-century political movements and
events, as well as an examination of plays
written with a specific political content.

326f. DIRECTING I (3)

Study in approaches to realizing a script in
performance. Exploration of the creative
process of directing, methods to enhance
inspiration, approaches to organization and
creation of a promptbook. Special empha-
sis on the voice of women as directors.
Prerequisite: 100 or permission of the
instructor

327s. DIRECTING/ACTING

WORKSHOP (4)

Practical and creative application of direct-
ing techniques through the study and cre-
ation of dramatic texts and the develop-
ment of actor-director communication
skills. Can be taken as an actor or as a di-
rector. Working together toward a term-
end public performance, actors become an
ensemble to focus on applicable acting
problems while directors concentrate on
the process of staging a one-act play piece.

126

Agnes Scott College

Department of Women's Studies

3LEC, ILAB

Prerequisite: 326 or 231 hy permission of

the chair

345s. (ENGLISH 345) PLAYWRITING
WORKSHOP (3)

Advanced study of the full-length
piayscript, with individual conferences and
group workshop sessions culminating in the
completion of a full-length play.
Prerequisite: 203 or permission of the
instructor

410f,s. SPECIAL STUDY (2-4)

Supervised intensive study of selected top-
ics in theatre history or dramatic literature,
or supervised advanced projects in the ar-
eas of acting, design, directing, or
playwriting.

490f,s. INDEPENDENT STUDY (4-8)

Exploration of an area of intellectual or
artistic interest, which results in the cre-
ation of a major piece of art or research.
Refer to Indpendent Study, p. 48.

Women's
Studies

Director:

Assistant Professor Cozzens, Department of

English
Advisory Committee:

Associate Professor Cunningham,

Department of Economics
Associate Professor Gillespie, Department of

History
Assistant Professor Ocasio, Department of

Spanish
Associate Professor Thompson, Department

of English

The Program in Women's Studies inte-
grates liberal arts education at Agnes
Scott by offering students opportuni-
ties to focus on women through introductory
and specialized courses, research, and intern-
ships. Working closely with the academic
departments and with several campus organi-

zations, Women's Studies seeks to promote
understanding and analysis of women's experi-
ence in multicultural perspective through
scholarship and community activities.

Women's Studies courses, which may be
interdisciplinary or disciplinary, explore
gender as well as race, ethnicity, culture, and
class as categories of analysis and encourage
students to develop their skills in critical
thinking and oral and written expression.
Courses in the program emphasize women's
past and present roles in culture, politics,
economy, family, society, the arts and sciences,
or areas of study such as gender roles, feminist
theory, lesbian studies, contemporary legal and
political questions, women and work, women's
education, or women and global issues.

Students may choose to minor in Women's
Studies or to complement their majors and
minors with a selection of Women's Studies
courses. A major in Women's Studies may be
arranged through the student-designed major
option in consultation with the director.

■ Requirements for theMinor

Students may minor in Women's Studies
by selecting a program of at least 6 courses
chosen in consultation with the Women's
Studies director.

lOOf. WOMEN, CULTURE, AND
SOCIETY (3)

An introduction to Women's Studies.
Using feminist perpsectives and scholar-
ship, this interdisicplinary course examines
the experiences of women in the United
States, analyzes institutions and practices
that affect women, and develops connec-
tions to women in other cultures.

130s. (PSYCHOLOGY 130)

PSYCHOLOGY OF WOMEN (3 )

See Psychology 130 for description.

2 1 1 f . (POLITICAL SCIENCE 211)
(SOCIOLOGY 214) WOMEN IN
LATIN AMERICA (3)

See Political Science 211 for description.

212s. (SOCIOLOGY 211)

THE FAMILY (3)

See Sociology 21 1 for description.

216. (ENGLISH 216) TOPICS ON

19934995 Catalog

127

Department of Women s Sfudies

WOMEN AND LITERATURE (3 )

See English 216 for description.

220s. (MUSIC 220) WOMEN IN

MUSIC (3)

See Music 220 for description.

224f. (BIBLE AND RELIGION 224)
WOMEN AND RELIGION (3 )

See Bible and Religion 224 for description.

263s, TOPICS IN WOMEN'S

STUDIES (3)

An interdisciplinary course focusing on an
aspect of women's history, feminist theory,
women's creative works, women in cross-
cultural perspectives, depictions of women
and theories about women. Some under-
standing of basic issues in women's studies
is recommended. Course may be repeated
for credit when subject matter varies. A
Topics in Women's Studies course may be
credited towards a major or a minor in another
department with the approval of the chair of
that department.

Topic for 1993-94: The Body Politic.
Lesbian and Gay Latin American and
Latino Literature. A contemporary view of
lesbian and gay Latin American and Latino
writers' struggle to achieve political repre-
sentation and their efforts to break away
from literary canons. Readings include fic-
tion and criticism in translation by authors
such as Gloria Anzaldua, Reinaldo Arenas,
Karen Delgadillo, Manuel Puig, and Estela
Portillo Trambley.

270. (ANTHROPOLOGY 270)
WOMEN, HEALTH, AND
SOCIETY (3)

See Anthropology 270 for description.

3 n. (ART 311) THE RISE OF THE
WOMAN ARTIST (3)

See Art 311 for description.

312. (THEATRE 312) FEMALE

IDENTITY AND THE MAKING OF
THEATRE (3)

See Theatre 312 for description.

322f. (HISTORY 322) WOMEN
IN MODERN EUROPEAN
HISTORY

See History 322 for description.

(3)

330f. (HISTORY 330) THE HISTORY
OF WOMEN IN AMERICA (3 )

See History 330 for description.

33 Is. (BIBLE AND RELIGION 33 1 )
FEMINIST ETHICS AND
SPIRITUALITY (3)

See Bible and Religion 33 1 for description.

336f. (SOCIOLOGY 336) SOCIOLOGY
OF GENDER ROLES (3)

See Sociology 336 for description.

341s. (CLASSICS 341) (SOCIOLOGY
341) FAMILY AND SOCIETY IN
THE CLASSICAL WORLD (3 )

See Classics 341 for description.

410. SPECIAL STUDY (2-4)

Supervised intensive study of selected
texts or a particular field within women's
studies.

450. INTERNSHIP

480f. COLLOQUIUM ON WOMEN IN
CROSS-CULTURAL
PERSPECTIVE (3)

A non-hierarchical, collective learning
experience open to students and faculty
and focusing on some aspect of women in
cross-cultural perspective. Emphasis, con-
tent, and methodology to be determined by
the group.

Prerequisite: permission of the director of
Women's Studies

313f. (POLITICAL SCIENCE 313)
GENDER POLITICS

See Political Science 313 for
description.

(3)

128

Agnes Scott College

Organization
Of the College

Agnes Scott College Faculty

(Date after name indicates year of appointment)

Juan AUende (1993)

B.S. Iowa State University, M.A., Ph.D. University of North Carolina;

M.Div. Emory University

Assistant Professor of Political Science

Christopher Ames (1986)

B.A. University of Texas at Austin; Ph.D. Stanford University
Associate Professor of English

Vincent C. Anigbogu (1992)

B.S., M.S. Indiana University of Pennsylvania; Ph.D. University of Alabama
Assistant Professor of Chemistry

BonaW. Ball (1967)

B.A. University of Virginia; M.A.T. Duke University;

Ph.D., University of Kentucky

Ellen Douglas Leybum Professor of English

David P Behan (1974)

B.A. Yale University; Ph.D. Vanderbilt University
Professor of Philosophy

Anne E.Beidler( 1992)
Assistant Professor of Art

B.A. Earlham College; B.F.A. University of Connecticut;
M. EA. University of Massachusetts

Ruth Bettandorfif( 1992)

B.A. California State University;

M.A., Ph.D. University of Mississippi

Associate Dean of the College; Assistant Professor of Education

Catherine A. Benton ( 1 992 )

B.S. Miami University; M.A. Ohio State University

Coach in Athletic Program and Instructor in Physical Education

Sarah R.Blanshei (1990)

B.A. Bates College; M.A., Ph.D. Bryn Mawr College
Dean of the College; Professor of History

1993-1995 Catalog 129

Organization of the College

Barbara]. Blatchley (1990)

B.A. Indiana University; Ph.D. University of South Carolina
Assistant Professor of Psychology

Sandra T.Bowden (1968)

B.S. Georgia Southern College; M.A., Ph.D. University of
North Carolina at Chapel Hill
Charles A. Dana Professor of Biology

ArthurL. Bowling Jr. (1977)

B.S. College of William and Mary; M.S., Ph.D. University of Illinois
Associate Professor of Physics and Astronomy

Josephine B.Bradley (1993)

B.A. North Carolina Central University; M.S.W. Michigan State
University; M.A. Emory University; Ph.D. Emory University
Assistant Professor of Sociology

Christabel P Braunrot (1976)

B.A. McGill University; Ph.D. Yale University
Associate Professor of French

Michael J. Brown ( 1960-62; 1965)

B.A. LaGrange College; M.A., Ph.D. Emory University
Charles A. Dana Professor of History

Ronald L.Bymside (1975)

B.A. Cincinnati Conservatory of Music; M.A. Yale University;
Ph.D. University of Illinois
Charles A. Dana Professor of Music

Gail Cabisius (1974)

B.A. Smith College; M.P.A. Georgia State University; M.A.,

Ph.D. Bryn Mawr College

Associate Professor of Classical Languages and Literatures

Penelope Campbell (1965)

B.A. Baylor University; M.A., Ph.D. Ohio' State University
Charles A. Dana Professor of History

Aysellgaz Garden (1978)

B.A. Agnes Scott College; M.A., Ph.D. Emory University
Professor of Psychology

JohnJ. Carey (1989)

A.B., Ph.D. Duke University; B.D., S.T.M. Yale University
Wallace M. Alston Professor of Bible and Religion

130 Agnes Scott College

Organization of the College

Annette G. Cash (1991)

B.A., M.A. University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill;
Ph.D. The Ohio State University
Associate Professor of Spanish

Augustus B. Cochran, 111 (1973)

B.A. Davidson College; M.A. Indiana University;
Ph.D. University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill
Professor of Political Science

Eileen L.Cooley( 1988)
. B.A. Horida State University; M.A., Ph.D. Emory University
Assistant Professor of Psychology

Christine Cozzens (1987)

B.A., M.A. Stanford University; Ph.D. University of California, Berkeley
Assistant Professor of English

Rosemary T. Cunningham (1985)

B.A., M.A., Ph.D. Fordham University
Associate Professor of Economics

Marylin Barfield Darling (1971)

B.S., M.M. Florida State University
Associate Professor of Physical Education

Rosemary Eberiel (1985)

B.A. University of Wisconsin; Faculte des Lettres, University of Aix-Marseille;
Ph.D. Harvard University
Assistant Professor of French

Michele Gillespie (1990)

B.A. Rice University; M.A., Ph.D. Princeton University
Assistant Professor of History

Steven R.Guthrie (1985)

B.A. Antioch College; Ph.D. Brown University
Associate Professor of English

Linda C.Hodges (1992)

B.S. Centre College of Kentucky; Ph.D. University of Kentucky
William Rand Kenan Professor of Chemistry

ThomasW.Hogan(1965)

B.A. University of Florida; M.A., Ph.D. University of Arkansas
Professor of Psychology

19934995 Catabg 131

Organization of the Col

BrendaA.Hoke(1993)

B.A. North Carolina Centraul University; M.A. Atlanta University;
M.A. State University of New York, Stonybrook; Ph.D. State University
of New York, Stonybrook
Assistant Professor of Sociology

Linda L. Hubert (1968)

B.A. Agnes Scott College; M.A., Ph.D. Emory University
Professor of English

Cue Pardue Hudson (1974)

B.A. Agnes Scott College; M.A.T. Emory University
Dean of Students; Instructor in Education

Mary Kathryn Owen Jarboe (1974) V"

B.A. Agnes Scott College .^ -

Registrar -^'

Calvert Johnson (1986)

B.A. Kalamazoo College; M.M., D.M. Northwestern University
Associate Professor of Music; College Organist

Edward C.Johnson (1965)

B.A. Kentucky Wesleyan College; M.A. University of Missouri;
Ph.D. Georgia State University
Associate Professor of Economics

Violet M.Johnson (1992)

B.A. University of Sierra Leone; M.A. University of New Brunswick;
Ph.D. Boston College
Assistant Professor of History

Frances G.R.Kennedy (1989)

B.A., M.S. University of Connecticut; Ph.D. University of Arizona
Instructor in Biology and Coordinator of the Laboratories

Katharine D. Kennedy (1981)

B.A. Duke University; M.A., Ph.D. Stanford University
Associate Professor of History

Robert A. Leslie (1970)

B.S. Davidson College; M.A., Ph.D. University of Georgia
Associate Professor of Mathematics

Myrtle H.Lewin (1983)

B.Sc. Witwatersrand University, Johannesburg, South Africa; M.A.,
Ph.D. University of Wisconsin
Associate Professor of Mathematics

132 Agnes Scott College

Organization of the College

Sally MacEwen (1982)

B.A. Mount Holyoke College; M.A., Ph.D. University of Pennsylvania
Associate Professor of Classical Languages and Literatures

Thomas L Maier (1990)

B.A. Franklin and Marshall College; Ph.D. University of South Carolina
Director of Computing Services; Associate Professor of Chemistry

Theodore K. Mathews (1967)

B.A. Brown University; M.A.T Harvard University; Ph.D. University of Michigan
Associate Professor of Music

Teny S. McGehee (1976)

B.A. Queens College; M.F.A. Washington University
Professor of Art

Mollie Men-ick (1959)

B.A. Agnes Scott College; M.A. Teachers' College of Columbia University
Associate Dean of Students

Jack L.Nelson (1962)

B.A. University of Kentucky; M.A., Ph.D. Harvard University
Professor of English

GiselaNorat(1993)

B.S. St. Peter's College; B.A. Montclair State College; M.A. New York
University; Ph.D. Washington University
Assistant Professor of Spanish

Rafael Ocasio (1989)

B.A. University of Puerto Rico, Rio Piedras; M.A. Eastern New Mexico
University; Ph.D. University of Kentucky
Assistant Professor of Spanish

Richard D.Pany (1967)

B.A. Georgetown University; M.A. Yale University;
Ph.D. University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill
Fuller E. Callaway Professor of Philosophy

Cynthia L.Peterson (1983)

B.S. James Madison University; M.Ed. Auburn University

Coach in the Athletic Program and Instructor in Physical Education

John FPilger (1979)

B.S., Ph.D. University of Southern California
Associate Professor of Biology

PatricaG.Pinka(1969)

B.A. University of Pittsburgh; M.A. San Francisco State College;
Ph.D. University of Pittsburgh
Professor of English

J 993' J 995 Catalog 133

Organization of the College

Tina Pippin (1989)

B.A. Mars Hill College; M.Div. Candler School of Theology; Th.M., Ph.D.
Southern Baptist Theological Seminary
Assistant Professor of Bible and Religion

Nancy M.Rast (1991)

B.S. Salisbury State University; M.S. Eastern Kentucky University
Coach in the Athletic Program and Instructor in Physical Education

Martha Woodson Rees ( 1 990)

B.A., M.A., Ph.D. University of Colorado : '

Assistant Professor of Anthropology

RowenaRenn(1984)

B.A. Mary Washington College of the University of Virginia; \.

M.A. Georgia State University ^

Instructor in Music

Regine P Reynolds-Cornell (1986)

B.A., M.A., Ph.D. University of Texas at Austin

Adeline Arnold Loridans Professor of French :

Lawrence H. Riddle (1989)

B.S. Carnegie-Mellon University; Mathematical Tripos, Part III,
Cambridge University; M.S., Ph.D. University of Illinois
Associate Professor of Mathematics

Elizabeth Roberts (1989)

B.A., M.A., Ph.D. Emory University
Assistant Professor of Education

Donna Sadler (1986)

B.A. Boston University; M.A., Ph.D. Indiana University
Associate Professor of Art

Alberto C.Sadun (1984)

B.S., Ph.D. Massachusetts Institute of Technology
Associate Professor of Astronomy

Dudley W.Sanders (1979)

B.A. Kenyon College; M.EA. Northwestern University
Associate Professor of Theatre

Ruth A. Schmidt (1982)

B.A. Augsburg College; M.A. University of Missouri; Ph.D. University of Illinois
President of the College

Catherine V.Scott (1984)

B.A. University of Florida; M.A., Ph.D. Emory University
Associate Professor of Political Science

134 Agnes Scott College

Organization of the College

EdmundJ.Sheehey(1987)

B.A., M.A. Fordham University; Ph.L., M.Div. Woodstock College;

Ph.D. Michigan State University

Hal and Julia T. Smith Chair of Free Enterprise

N.J. Stanley (1993)

B.S., Louisiana State University; M.EA., Florida State University;
Ph.D. Indiana University
Assistant Professor of Theatre

Karen Thompson (1992)

B.A. Occidental College; Ph.D. University of Oregon
Assistant Professor of Biology

Peggy Thompson ( 1 985 )

B.A., M.A. Arizona State University; M.A. Emory University;
M.A., Ph.D. Indiana University
Associate Professor of English

T Leon Venable (1983)

B.S. Davidson College; Ph.D. University of Virginia
Associate Professor of Chemistry

Bing Wei (1992)

B.E. Bejing Institute of Physical Education; M.A. Southeastern Louisiana
University; Ph.D. University of Southern Mississippi
Instructor in Physical Education

Julie Weisberg (1991)

B.S. Tufts University; M.Ed. Emory University; Ph.D. University
of North Carolina at Chapel Hill
Assistant Professor of Education

Daniel E Waggoner (1987)

B.A., M.A., Ph.D. University of Kentucky
Assistant Professor of Mathematics

Patricia McGuire White ( 1987)

B.A. Agnes Scott College; M.S. University of Georgia

Ph.D. Georgia Institute of Technology

Assistant Dean of the College; Assistant Professor of Biology

IngridE.Wieshofer(1970)

Teacher's Diploma, Ph.D. University of Vienna
Associate Professor of German

Harry Wistrand (1974)

B.A. Austin Collge; M.A. North Texas State University; Ph.D.
Arizona State University
Associate Professor of Biology

1993-1995 Catalog 135

Organization of the College

Emeritus Faadty

(Dates in parentheses indicate the beginning and ending of service at Agnes Scott College.)

Mary Virginia Allen, Ph.D. (19484951; 1954-1979)
Professor of French

Margaret Pen^Ammons, B.S., M.A., Ph.D. (19694989)
Professor of Education

Gunther Bicknese, Dr. Phil. (19764991)

Professor of German <,, '

Anna Josephine Bridgman, Ph.D. (19494974)

Professor of Biology ,'. • ,

JackT. Brooking, M.F.A., Ph.D. (19744985) ^ ^ ^

Professor of Theatre - "^

Frances Clark Calder, Ph.D. (19534969; 19744986)

Professor of French :

William A. Calder, Ph.D. (19474971)
Professor of Physics and Astronomy

Kwai Sing Chang, Th.M., Ph.D. (19564986) /

Professor of Bible and Religion

Alice J. Cunningham, B.A., Ph.D. (1966-67; 1968-1992)

Professor of Chemistry
Miriam Koontz Drucker, B.A., M.A., Ph.D. (1955-1990)

Professor of Psychology

Mary Walker Fox, B.A. (1937-1944; 1952-1979)
Instructor in Chemistry

Paul Leslie Garber, Ph.D. (1943-1976) ■-

Professor of Bible and Religion

Leslie Janet Gaylord, M.S. (1921-1968)
Assistant Professor of Mathematics

John Lewis Gignilliat, B.A., M.A., Ph.D. (1969-1989)
Associate Professor of History

Nancy Pence Groseclose, Ph.D. (1947-1979)

Professor of Biology '

Mary Eloise Herbert, B.A., M.A. (1954-1991)
Professor of Education

Kathryn A. Manuel, B.S., M.A., P.E.D. (1958-1992)
Professor of Education

^ ^y- Agnes Scott College

Organization of the College

Michael McDowell, M.A. (1950-1975)
Professor of Music

Kate McKemie, B.S., M.A., Ed.D. (1956-1988)
Professor of Physical Education

Raymondjones Martin, M.S.M.,S.M.D. (1950-1986)
Professor of Music; College Organist

Lillian Newman, B.A., B.S.L.S., M.Ln. (1948-91 )
Associate Librarian

Marie Sophie Huper Pepe, Ph.D. (1951-1986)
Professor of Art

Margaret W. Pepperdene, Ph.D. (1956-1985)
Professor of English

Marvin Banks Peny, Jr., Ph.D., LL.D., Litt.D.,( 1973-1982)
President of the College

Margaret Taylor Phythian, Docteur de I'Universite de Grenoble,
(1916-1919; 1923-1964)
Professor of French

Sara L. Ripy, B.A., M.A., Ph.D. (1958-1989)
Professor of Mathematics

Constance Shaw, B.A., Ph.D. (1966-1988)
Professor of Spanish

Mary Boney Shears, Ph.D., L.H.D., LL.D. (1949-1983)
Professor of Bible and Religion

Erika Meyer Shiver, Ph.D. (1962-1972)
Professor of German

Chloe Steel, Ph.D. (1955-1976)
Professor of French

John A. Tumblin Jr. (1961-1990)

Professor of Sociology and Anthropology

Llewellyn Wilbum, M.A. (1920-1922; 1926-1967)
Associate Professor of Physical Education

Ronald B. Wilde, M.A.T. (1965-1978)
Assistant Professor of Mathematics

Roberta Winter, Ed.D. (1939-1974)
Professor of Speech and Drama

Myma Goode Young, Ph.D. (1955-1956; 1967-1979)
Professor of Classical Languages and Literatures

1993-1995 Catalog 137

Administration and Staff

Ruth A. Schmidt, B.A., M.A., Ph.D.
President

Mary Alverta Bond, B.A.
Administrative Assistant to the President
Secretary to the Board of Trustees

Sarah R. Blanshei, B.A., M.A., Ph.D.
Dean of the College

Ruth S. Bettandorff, B.A., M.A., Ph.D.
Associate Dean of the College

Patricia McGuire White, B.A., M.S., Ph.D.
Assistant Dean of the College

Myma L. Goldberg, B.A.

Director of Special Programs

Mary K. Owen Jarboe, B.A.
Registrar

Thomas L. Maier, B.A., Ph.D.

Director of Computing Services

Dolores Shelton

Faculty Services Manager

To be appointed

Director of the Library ^

Cue Pardue Hudson, B.A., M.A.T
Dean of Students

Mollie Merrick, B.A., M.A.

Associate Dean of Students

Director of Campus Events and Conferences

Victor K. Wilson, B.S.W., M.Ed.
Assistant Dean of Students

Mary Lu Christiansen, B.S.N., M.S.N., C.R.N.P
Director of Student Health Services

Dorothea S. Markert

Coordinator of Campus Events and Conferences

138 Agnes Scott College

Organization of the College

Cynthia L. Peterson, B.S., M.Ed.
Director of Athletics

Amy K. Schmidt, B.A., M.S.

Director of Career Planning and Placement

Patricia I. Snyder, B.A., M.Div.
Chaplain

Bonnie Brown Johnson, B.A., M.B.A.

Vice President for Development and Public Affairs

Jean Kennedy, B.A.

Director of Annual Fund

Celeste Pennington, B.A.
Publications Manager

Sara King Pilger, B.A., M. Comm.
Manager of Media Relations

Anne Schatz, B.A.

Manager of Development Services

Lucia Howard Sizemore, B.A.

Director of Alumnae Affairs

Carolyn Wynens

Manager of Community Relations and Special Events

William E.Gailey,B.S., M.B.A.

Vice President for Business and Finance

Rus Drew, B.S.

Director of Public Safety

Janet Gould

Director of Personnel and Payroll

Elsa Pena, B. Arch., M.U.P

Director of the Physical Plant

Karen L. Roy, B.A., M.B.A.

Assistant Vice President for Finance

To be appointed

Dean of Admission and Financial Aid

Jenifer Cooper, B.A.

Director of Recruitment

Tansill H. Hille, B.A., M.B.A.
Director of Financial Aid

1993-1995 Catalog 139

Board of Tmstees

Officers of the Board

Joseph R. Gladden, Jr.

Chairperson
Ann Register Jones

Vice Chairperson
Mary Alverta Bond

Secretary

Members of the Board

Joanna Adams

Pastor

Trinity Presbyterian Church

Atlanta, Georgia
Louise Isaacson Bernard

Alumna

President, Isaacsons

Atlanta, Georgia
George S. Branch

Attorney

King & Spalding

Atlanta, Georgia
Clark E. Candler

Attorney

McCurdy & Candler

Decatur, Georgia
J. Wallace Daniel

Vice President and Director

Georgia Duck & Cordage Mill

Scottdale, Georgia
JoAnn Sawyer Delafield

Alumna

New York, New York
Joyce K. Essien

Director

Consortium for Public Health

School of Public Health

Emory University

Atlanta, Georgia

Katherine A. Geffcken

Alumna

Professor of Greek and Latin

Wellesley College

Wellesley, Massachusetts
Joseph R. Gladden, Jr.

Senior Vice President and

General Counsel

The Coca-Cola Company

Atlanta, Georgia
Francis Bailey Graves

Alumna

Atlanta, Georgia
Nancy Thomas Hill

Alumna

Richmond, Virginia
Anne Register Jones

Alumna

Atlanta, Georgia
Rebecca Bruce Jones

Alumna

Instructor in Chemistry

University of North Carolina
at Wilmington

Wilmington, North Carolina
Martha Wilson Kessler

Alumna

Atlanta, Georgia

140

Agnes Scott College

Organization of the College

Harriet M. King

Alumna

Vice Provost for Academic
Affairs

Associate Professor of Law

Emory University Law School

Atlanta, Georgia
Gay McLawhom Love

Board Chair

Printpack, Inc.

Atlanta, Georgia
Gay Blackburn Maloney

Alumna

Attorney

Blackburn, Maloney, and
Schuppert

Decatur, Alabama
Margaret Abemethy Martin

Alumna

Administrative Coordinator

Junior League of Charlotte, Inc.

Charlotte, North Carolina
Clair McLeod MuUer

Alumna

Atlanta, Georgia
Betty Scott Noble

Alumna

Decatur, Georgia
M. Lamar Oglesby

Vice President

Kidder, Peabody and Company

Atlanta, Georgia
Douglas W. Oldenburg

President

Columbia Thieological Seminary

Decatur, Georgia
James D. Philips, Jr.

President

Hatfield Philips, Inc.

Atlanta, Georgia
John E. Smith, II

President

John Smith Company

Smyrna, Georgia

Jesse J. Spikes

Attorney

Long, Aldridge & Norman

Atlanta, Georgia
W.G. Tittle, Jr.

Chief Executive Officer

T. M. Polyfim, Inc.

Valdosta, Georgia
Sara Ector Vagliano

Alumna

Editor

The French American Review

Norfolk, Connecticut
Dan C. West

Vice President for College
Resources

Union College

Schenectady, New York
E. Jenner Wood, III

Executive Vice President

Trust Company Bank

Atlanta, Georgia

Trustees Emeriti
And Emeritae

Elizabeth H. Cameron Wilmington,

North Carolina

Evelyn B. Christman New Oileans,

Louisiana

Neil O. Davis Auburn, Alabama

Harry A. Fifield Kennesaw, Georgia

Ben S. Gilmer Atlanta, Georgia

J.A. Minter, Jr. Tyler, Alabama

J. Davison Philips Decatur, Georgia

Mary W Read Danville, Kentucky

Hansford Sams, Jr. Decatur, Georgia

Hal L. Smith Atlanta, Georgia

Samuel R. Spencer, Jr. Davidson,

North Carolina

Diana Dyer Wilson .... Winston-Salem,

North Carolina

19934995 Catalog

141

Index

Academic

Advising 30

Degree Requirements 30

Dismissal 42

Honors 39

Probation 41

Scholarships 7, 16

Warning 41

Acceleration 46

Accreditation Contents page

Adding Courses 35

Administration and Staff 138

Administrative dismissal 43

Admission

Admission after junior year 14

Admission policy 12

Application 12, 17

Advanced placement credit 13

Deadlines 14

Early admission 14

Entrance examinations 13

Entrance requirements 13

Health record 14

International students 15

Interviews 13

Joint enrollment for seniors 14

Overnight visits 13

Return to College Program 26

Secondary students 14

Transfer students 15

Transient students 15

Advanced placement credit 13

Advising 30

Agnes Scott College, history 4

Agnes Scott College, mission and purpose . . 6

American College Test (ACT) 13

Anthropology courses 121

Application for admission 12

Art courses 60

Art History-English Literature 97

Art History-Bible-Religion 96

Art History-History 97

Art- Psychology 96

Athletic program 28

Attendance/Absences 36

Astronomy courses 112

Auditing courses 35

Atlanta 7,8

Bible and Religion courses . .

Biology courses

Biology-Psychology

Board of Trustees

Business Preparatory Program

. 63
. 66
. 97
140
. 69

Calendars inside front and back covers

Campus life 7, 22

Campus history 4

Campus map 2

Campus visits 13

Career Planning and Placement 10, 25

Chaplain 24

Chemistry courses 69

Class attendance 36

Classical Languages and Literatures courses 72

Classification 41

Collaborative Learning Center 10

College Entrance Examination Board (CEEB)

Achievement Tests 13

Completion of semester courses 36

Computer facilities 9

Confidentiality of student records 37

Counseling services 24

Career Planning and Placement 10

College chaplain 24

Financial aid 16

Health services .24

Course loads 34

Course numbering 34

Courses of Study 60

Cross registration, The University Center . 46

Degree requirements 30

Depth Standards 33

Dismissal 42

Disputed final grades 37

Distributional Standards 31

Dormitories 9, 22

Dropping courses 35

Dual degree programs with

Georgia Institute of Technology 50

Washington University 50

142

Agnes Scott College

Tuition and Fees

Economics courses 76

Education courses 78

Emeritus faculty 136

English courses 83

English Literature-Creative Writing 83

Entrance requirements 13

Exchange programs 50, 51

Extracurricular activities 8

Exemption 13, 32

Faculty 129

Fees 57

Final examinations 36

Financial Aid 7, 16, 20

Government sources 17

Return to College Program 26

Scholarships 7, 16

French courses 87

German courses 89

Global Awareness 91

Good standing 42

Grades 34

Graduation honors 39

Graduate Study 55

Grants, see Financial Aid

Greek courses 72

Health record 14

Health services 24

Health insurance 59

History courses 92

History- English Literature 98

Honor list 40

Honor System 10

Incompletes 36

Independent Study (490) 48

Information Technology Enhancement

Program 9

Interdisciplinary majors 96

Interdisciplinary studies 96

International Relations 99

International students 15, 20

International study 52, 91

Internships, credit and non-credit 48

Interviews 13

Japanese 100

Joint enrollment 14

Judicial Review Committee 42

Latin-American Studies 99

Latin courses 73

Law, preparation for the study of 56

Leave of absence 44

Library 9

Loans, see Financial Aid

Majors (Depth Standards) 33

Map 2

Masters of Art in Teaching 55

Mathematics courses 100

Mathematics-Economics 98

Mathematics-Physics 98

Medicine, preparation for the study of ... . 55

Medical report 14, 27

Minors 33

Mission and Purpose of the College 6

Music courses 103

Organization of the College 129

Orientation 22, 30

Pass/Fail option 35

Philosophy courses 106

Physical Education courses 108

Physics and Astronomy Ill

Physics courses Ill

Political Science courses 113

Pre-law study 56

Pre-medicine study 55

Probation 36, 41

Psychology courses 117

Public Leadership Education Network

(PLEN) 51

Readmission 45

Re-examinations 37

Refund policy 58

Registration 35

Renaissance Scholars Program 52

Repeating courses 36

Requirements for the degree 30

Depth Standards 33

Residence requirement 33

Restrictions 31

Specific standards 31

Residence halls 9, 22

Residence life 9, 22

i993-]995Cata/og

143

Index

Return to College Program 20, 26

Room and Board 57

ROTC 51

Scholarships 7, 16

Scholarship Aptitude Test (SAT) 13

Scott Free Year Five 48

SHARPlWomen 49

Social policies and regulations 22

Sociology and Anthropology 119

Sociology courses 1 20

Spanish courses 123

Special fees 58

Special programs 48

Special Study (410) 49

Specific Standards 31

Spiritual life 4, 24

Student-designed majors 49

Student government 24

Study abroad 51,52

Summer school 44

Suspension 42

Teaching careers, preparation for 49

Telephone system 59

Tests 36

Theatre courses 124

Transfer credit 15, 43, 44

Transient student 15

Trustees 140

Tuition and fees 57

University Center in Georgia 53

Visits 13

Washington Semester 53

Withdrawing from the College 45

Withdrawing from courses 35

Women's Studies 127

Writing Workshop 10, 83

Year Five Program 48

144

Printed on fc\ recycled paper

Agnes Scott College

Academic Calendar 19944995

Fall Semester

Saturday, August 27 New students arrive

Sunday, August 28 Returning students arrive

Monday, August 29 Registration for returning students

Tuesday, August 30 Registration for new students

Wednesday, August 31 Classes begin

Monday, September 5 Labor Day Holiday

Friday, October 14 Black Cat

Friday - Sunday, October 21-23 Fall Break

Wednesday - Sunday, November 23-27 Thanksgiving Break

Monday, December 12 Last Day of Classes

Tuesday, December 13 Reading Day

Wednesday - Saturday, December 14-17 Final Exams

(Last exam at 2 p.m., two exams in the evenings)

Spring Semester

Wednesday, January 18 Classes begin

Sunday - Sunday, March 11-19 Spring Break

Friday - Sunday, April 14-16 Easter Break

Wednesday, May 3 Last Day of Classes

Thursday, May 4 Reading Day

Friday, May 5 Reading Day (Senior exams start)

Saturday - Thursday (except Sunday), May 6-11 Final Exams

(Senior exams end Wednesday, May 1 0 at noon)

Friday, May 12 Baccalaureate

Saturday, May 13 Graduation

For the 1 993- i 994 Calendar, see the inside front cover of this catalog.

AGNES scon

Internet Archive Audio

Featured

Top

Images

Featured

Top

Software

Featured

Top

Books

Featured

Top

Video

Featured

Top

Mobile Apps

Browser Extensions

Archive-It Subscription

Save Page Now

Full text of "Agnes Scott College Catalog 1993-1995"

See other formats